Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 5735:50dbef5e774a v7.4.212
updated for version 7.4.212
Problem: Now that the +visual feature is always enabled the #ifdefs for it
are not useful.
Solution: Remove the checks for FEAT_VISUAL.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 23 Mar 2014 15:13:05 +0100 |
| parents | 40f18a1c1592 |
| children | 8e9db1f27a00 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 #include "vim.h" | |
| 14 | |
| 359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
| 18 | |
| 7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
| 21 | |
| 22 /* | |
| 23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
| 24 */ | |
| 25 int | |
| 26 virtual_active() | |
| 27 { | |
| 28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
| 29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
| 30 * being used. */ | |
| 31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
| 32 return virtual_op; | |
| 33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
| 34 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 35 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
| 36 } | |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 getviscol() | |
| 43 { | |
| 44 colnr_T x; | |
| 45 | |
| 46 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 47 return (int)x; | |
| 48 } | |
| 49 | |
| 50 /* | |
| 51 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
| 55 colnr_T col; | |
| 56 colnr_T coladd; | |
| 57 { | |
| 58 colnr_T x; | |
| 59 pos_T pos; | |
| 60 | |
| 61 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 62 pos.col = col; | |
| 63 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
| 64 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 65 return (int)x; | |
| 66 } | |
| 67 | |
| 68 /* | |
| 1209 | 69 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
| 7 | 70 * cursor in that column. |
| 71 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 int | |
| 74 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
| 75 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 76 { | |
| 77 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
| 78 | |
| 79 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 80 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 81 else | |
| 82 { | |
| 83 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
| 84 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 85 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 86 } | |
| 87 return rc; | |
| 88 } | |
| 89 #endif | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /* | |
| 92 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
| 93 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
| 94 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
| 95 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
| 96 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
| 97 * | |
| 98 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 99 */ | |
| 100 int | |
| 101 coladvance(wcol) | |
| 102 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 103 { | |
| 104 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
| 105 | |
| 106 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
| 107 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 44 | 108 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
| 7 | 109 { |
| 44 | 110 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
| 7 | 111 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
| 112 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 113 } | |
| 114 return rc; | |
| 115 } | |
| 116 | |
| 117 /* | |
| 118 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
| 119 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 120 */ | |
| 121 int | |
| 122 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
| 123 pos_T *pos; | |
| 124 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 127 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
| 128 } | |
| 129 | |
| 130 static int | |
| 131 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
| 132 pos_T *pos; | |
| 133 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
| 1209 | 134 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
| 7 | 135 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
| 136 { | |
| 137 #endif | |
| 138 int idx; | |
| 139 char_u *ptr; | |
| 140 char_u *line; | |
| 141 colnr_T col = 0; | |
| 142 int csize = 0; | |
| 143 int one_more; | |
| 144 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 145 int head = 0; | |
| 146 #endif | |
| 147 | |
| 772 | 148 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
| 149 || restart_edit != NUL | |
| 150 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
| 151 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 782 | 152 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
| 772 | 153 #endif |
| 154 ; | |
| 1982 | 155 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 156 |
| 157 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
| 158 { | |
| 159 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
| 160 col = wcol; | |
| 161 | |
| 162 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 163 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
| 164 { | |
| 165 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
| 166 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
| 167 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 168 } | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 } | |
| 171 else | |
| 172 { | |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 174 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
| 175 | |
| 620 | 176 if (finetune |
| 7 | 177 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
| 178 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 179 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
| 180 # endif | |
| 181 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
| 182 { | |
| 183 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
| 184 if (csize > 0) | |
| 185 csize--; | |
| 186 | |
| 620 | 187 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
| 188 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
| 7 | 189 { |
| 190 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
| 620 | 191 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
| 192 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
| 193 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
| 7 | 194 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
| 195 } | |
| 196 } | |
| 197 #endif | |
| 198 | |
| 199 ptr = line; | |
| 200 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 201 { | |
| 202 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 203 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 204 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head); | |
| 39 | 205 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
| 7 | 206 #else |
| 207 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col); | |
| 208 #endif | |
| 209 col += csize; | |
| 210 } | |
| 211 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
| 212 /* | |
| 213 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
| 214 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
| 215 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
| 216 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
| 219 { | |
| 220 idx -= 1; | |
| 221 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 222 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
| 223 csize -= head; | |
| 224 # endif | |
| 225 col -= csize; | |
| 226 } | |
| 227 | |
| 228 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 229 if (virtual_active() | |
| 230 && addspaces | |
| 231 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
| 232 { | |
| 233 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
| 234 * filled with spaces. */ | |
| 235 | |
| 236 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 /* Append spaces */ | |
| 239 int correct = wcol - col; | |
| 240 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
| 241 int t; | |
| 242 | |
| 243 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 244 return FAIL; | |
| 245 | |
| 246 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
| 247 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
| 248 | |
| 249 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
| 250 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
| 251 | |
| 252 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
| 253 | |
| 254 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 255 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
| 256 idx += correct; | |
| 257 col = wcol; | |
| 258 } | |
| 259 else | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 /* Break a tab */ | |
| 262 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 263 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
| 840 | 264 char_u *newline; |
| 7 | 265 int t, s = 0; |
| 266 int v; | |
| 267 | |
| 840 | 268 if (-correct > csize) |
| 269 return FAIL; | |
| 270 | |
| 271 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
| 272 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 7 | 273 return FAIL; |
| 274 | |
| 275 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
| 276 { | |
| 277 if (t != idx) | |
| 278 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
| 279 else | |
| 280 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
| 281 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 285 | |
| 286 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 287 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
| 288 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
| 289 col += correct; | |
| 290 } | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 #endif | |
| 293 } | |
| 294 | |
| 295 if (idx < 0) | |
| 296 pos->col = 0; | |
| 297 else | |
| 298 pos->col = idx; | |
| 299 | |
| 300 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 301 pos->coladd = 0; | |
| 302 | |
| 303 if (finetune) | |
| 304 { | |
| 305 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 308 if (!one_more) | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 311 | |
| 312 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 313 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 else | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
| 319 | |
| 320 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 321 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
| 322 pos->coladd = b; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 col += b; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1982 | 330 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
| 7 | 331 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 332 mb_adjustpos(curbuf, pos); |
| 7 | 333 #endif |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (col < wcol) | |
| 336 return FAIL; | |
| 337 return OK; | |
| 338 } | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* | |
| 1621 | 341 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
| 7 | 342 */ |
| 343 int | |
| 344 inc_cursor() | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 1621 | 349 /* |
| 350 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 351 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
| 352 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
| 353 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
| 354 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
| 355 */ | |
| 7 | 356 int |
| 357 inc(lp) | |
| 358 pos_T *lp; | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
| 361 | |
| 362 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
| 363 { | |
| 364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 365 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 366 { | |
| 474 | 367 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 368 |
| 369 lp->col += l; | |
| 370 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 #endif | |
| 373 lp->col++; | |
| 374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 375 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 376 #endif | |
| 377 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 lp->col = 0; | |
| 382 lp->lnum++; | |
| 383 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 384 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 385 #endif | |
| 386 return 1; | |
| 387 } | |
| 388 return -1; | |
| 389 } | |
| 390 | |
| 391 /* | |
| 392 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 393 */ | |
| 394 int | |
| 395 incl(lp) | |
| 396 pos_T *lp; | |
| 397 { | |
| 398 int r; | |
| 399 | |
| 400 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
| 401 r = inc(lp); | |
| 402 return r; | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 /* | |
| 406 * dec(p) | |
| 407 * | |
| 408 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 409 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
| 410 */ | |
| 411 int | |
| 412 dec_cursor() | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 415 } | |
| 416 | |
| 417 int | |
| 418 dec(lp) | |
| 419 pos_T *lp; | |
| 420 { | |
| 421 char_u *p; | |
| 422 | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 424 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 lp->col--; | |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 430 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 433 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 #endif | |
| 436 return 0; | |
| 437 } | |
| 438 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 lp->lnum--; | |
| 441 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 442 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 444 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 445 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 446 #endif | |
| 447 return 1; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 /* | |
| 453 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 454 */ | |
| 455 int | |
| 456 decl(lp) | |
| 457 pos_T *lp; | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 int r; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
| 462 r = dec(lp); | |
| 463 return r; | |
| 464 } | |
| 465 | |
| 466 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
467 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
468 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
469 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
470 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
471 linenr_T |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 win_T *wp; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 linenr_T retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 while (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
| 5564 | 486 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 retval++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 lnum--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 else if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 while (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 { |
| 5564 | 498 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, NULL, &lnum, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 retval--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 lnum++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 * retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 #endif |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 retval = lnum - cursor; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 return retval; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 /* |
| 7 | 518 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
| 519 */ | |
| 520 void | |
| 521 check_cursor_lnum() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 524 { | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 526 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
| 527 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
| 528 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 529 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
| 534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 535 } | |
| 536 | |
| 537 /* | |
| 538 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 539 */ | |
| 540 void | |
| 541 check_cursor_col() | |
| 542 { | |
| 2933 | 543 check_cursor_col_win(curwin); |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 /* | |
| 547 * Make sure win->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 548 */ | |
| 549 void | |
| 550 check_cursor_col_win(win) | |
| 551 win_T *win; | |
| 552 { | |
| 7 | 553 colnr_T len; |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2933 | 555 colnr_T oldcol = win->w_cursor.col; |
| 556 colnr_T oldcoladd = win->w_cursor.col + win->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 557 #endif | |
| 558 | |
| 559 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(win->w_buffer, win->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 560 if (len == 0) |
| 2933 | 561 win->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 562 else if (win->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
| 7 | 563 { |
| 1488 | 564 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
| 565 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
| 566 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
| 567 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
| 620 | 568 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
| 7 | 569 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
| 1488 | 570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 571 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 572 #endif | |
| 7 | 573 || virtual_active()) |
| 2933 | 574 win->w_cursor.col = len; |
| 7 | 575 else |
| 1099 | 576 { |
| 2933 | 577 win->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
| 1099 | 578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2933 | 579 /* Move the cursor to the head byte. */ |
| 1099 | 580 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 581 mb_adjustpos(win->w_buffer, &win->w_cursor); |
| 1099 | 582 #endif |
| 583 } | |
| 7 | 584 } |
| 2933 | 585 else if (win->w_cursor.col < 0) |
| 586 win->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7 | 587 |
| 588 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 589 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
| 590 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
| 591 * line. */ | |
| 592 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 2933 | 593 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 7 | 594 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) |
| 1841 | 595 { |
| 2933 | 596 if (oldcoladd > win->w_cursor.col) |
| 597 win->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - win->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1841 | 598 else |
| 599 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
| 2933 | 600 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 1841 | 601 } |
| 7 | 602 #endif |
| 603 } | |
| 604 | |
| 605 /* | |
| 606 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
| 607 */ | |
| 608 void | |
| 609 check_cursor() | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 612 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 616 /* | |
| 617 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
| 618 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 void | |
| 621 adjust_cursor_col() | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 624 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 625 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 626 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 627 } | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 | |
| 630 /* | |
| 631 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
| 632 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 int | |
| 635 leftcol_changed() | |
| 636 { | |
| 637 long lastcol; | |
| 638 colnr_T s, e; | |
| 639 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 640 | |
| 641 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 642 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
| 643 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
| 647 * character. | |
| 648 */ | |
| 649 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 retval = TRUE; | |
| 652 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
| 653 } | |
| 654 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 retval = TRUE; | |
| 657 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 | |
| 660 /* | |
| 661 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
| 662 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
| 663 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
| 666 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 retval = TRUE; | |
| 669 coladvance(s - 1); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 retval = TRUE; | |
| 674 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
| 677 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 | |
| 681 if (retval) | |
| 682 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 683 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 684 return retval; | |
| 685 } | |
| 686 | |
| 687 /********************************************************************** | |
| 688 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
| 689 */ | |
| 690 | |
| 691 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 692 | |
| 693 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
| 694 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 695 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 696 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
| 697 static long_u mem_freed; | |
| 698 static long_u mem_peak; | |
| 699 static long_u num_alloc; | |
| 700 static long_u num_freed; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
| 703 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
| 704 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
| 705 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
| 706 | |
| 707 static void | |
| 708 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
| 709 size_t *sizep; | |
| 710 { | |
| 711 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 712 } | |
| 713 | |
| 714 static void | |
| 715 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
| 716 long_u *sizep; | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 719 } | |
| 720 | |
| 721 static void | |
| 722 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
| 723 void **pp; | |
| 724 size_t size; | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 if (*pp == NULL) | |
| 727 return; | |
| 728 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
| 729 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
| 730 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 731 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
| 732 else | |
| 733 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 734 mem_allocated += size; | |
| 735 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
| 736 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
| 737 num_alloc++; | |
| 738 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 | |
| 741 static void | |
| 742 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
| 743 void **pp; | |
| 744 { | |
| 745 long_u size; | |
| 746 | |
| 747 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 748 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
| 749 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 750 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
| 751 else | |
| 752 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 753 mem_freed += size; | |
| 754 num_freed++; | |
| 755 } | |
| 756 | |
| 757 /* | |
| 758 * called on exit via atexit() | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 void | |
| 761 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
| 762 { | |
| 763 int i, j; | |
| 764 | |
| 765 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 766 j = 0; | |
| 767 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
| 768 { | |
| 769 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 772 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
| 773 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 774 j++; | |
| 775 if (j > 3) | |
| 776 { | |
| 777 j = 0; | |
| 778 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 779 } | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 } | |
| 782 | |
| 783 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
| 784 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 787 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
788 puts(_("ERROR: ")); |
| 7 | 789 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
| 793 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
| 794 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
| 795 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 | |
| 798 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
| 799 | |
| 800 /* | |
| 801 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
| 802 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
| 803 */ | |
| 804 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 805 # define SMALL_MEM | |
| 806 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
| 807 #else | |
| 808 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
| 809 #endif | |
| 3634 | 810 #define KEEP_ROOM_KB (KEEP_ROOM / 1024L) |
| 7 | 811 |
| 812 /* | |
| 1576 | 813 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
| 7 | 814 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
| 815 */ | |
| 816 char_u * | |
| 817 alloc(size) | |
| 818 unsigned size; | |
| 819 { | |
| 820 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 821 } | |
| 822 | |
| 823 /* | |
| 824 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 825 */ | |
| 826 char_u * | |
| 827 alloc_clear(size) | |
| 828 unsigned size; | |
| 829 { | |
| 830 char_u *p; | |
| 831 | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
832 p = lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE); |
| 7 | 833 if (p != NULL) |
| 834 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 835 return p; | |
| 836 } | |
| 837 | |
| 838 /* | |
| 839 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
| 840 */ | |
| 841 char_u * | |
| 842 alloc_check(size) | |
| 843 unsigned size; | |
| 844 { | |
| 845 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
| 846 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
| 847 { | |
| 848 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 849 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 850 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
| 851 return NULL; | |
| 852 } | |
| 853 #endif | |
| 854 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 | |
| 857 /* | |
| 858 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 859 */ | |
| 860 char_u * | |
| 861 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
| 862 long_u size; | |
| 863 int message; | |
| 864 { | |
| 865 char_u *p; | |
| 866 | |
| 867 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
| 868 if (p != NULL) | |
| 869 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 870 return p; | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 | |
| 873 /* | |
| 874 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
| 875 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
| 876 */ | |
| 877 char_u * | |
| 878 lalloc(size, message) | |
| 879 long_u size; | |
| 880 int message; | |
| 881 { | |
| 882 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
| 883 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
| 884 int try_again; | |
| 885 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
| 886 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
| 887 #endif | |
| 888 | |
| 889 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
| 890 if (size == 0) | |
| 891 { | |
| 892 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 893 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 894 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
| 895 return NULL; | |
| 896 } | |
| 897 | |
| 898 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 899 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
| 900 #endif | |
| 901 | |
| 902 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 903 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
| 904 p = NULL; | |
| 905 else | |
| 906 #endif | |
| 907 | |
| 908 /* | |
| 909 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
| 910 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
| 911 */ | |
| 912 for (;;) | |
| 913 { | |
| 914 /* | |
| 915 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
| 916 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
| 917 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 918 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
| 919 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
| 920 */ | |
| 921 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
| 922 { | |
| 923 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
| 924 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
| 925 goto theend; | |
| 926 #else | |
| 927 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
| 928 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 929 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
| 930 allocated += size; | |
| 931 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
| 932 goto theend; | |
| 933 allocated = 0; | |
| 934 # endif | |
| 935 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
| 3634 | 936 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM_KB && !releasing) |
| 7 | 937 { |
| 1737 | 938 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
| 7 | 939 p = NULL; |
| 940 } | |
| 941 else | |
| 942 goto theend; | |
| 943 #endif | |
| 944 } | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
| 947 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
| 948 */ | |
| 949 if (releasing) | |
| 950 break; | |
| 951 releasing = TRUE; | |
| 448 | 952 |
| 953 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
| 954 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
| 370 | 955 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 448 | 956 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */ |
| 957 #endif | |
| 958 | |
| 7 | 959 releasing = FALSE; |
| 960 if (!try_again) | |
| 961 break; | |
| 962 } | |
| 963 | |
| 964 if (message && p == NULL) | |
| 965 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
| 966 | |
| 967 theend: | |
| 968 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 969 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
| 970 #endif | |
| 971 return p; | |
| 972 } | |
| 973 | |
| 974 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 975 /* | |
| 976 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
| 977 */ | |
| 978 void * | |
| 979 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
| 980 void *ptr; | |
| 981 size_t size; | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 void *p; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
| 986 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
| 987 | |
| 988 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
| 989 | |
| 990 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
| 991 | |
| 992 return p; | |
| 993 } | |
| 994 #endif | |
| 995 | |
| 996 /* | |
| 997 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
| 998 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
| 999 */ | |
| 1000 void | |
| 1001 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
| 1002 long_u size; | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
| 1005 { | |
| 1006 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 1007 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 3156 | 1008 |
| 1009 /* Must come first to avoid coming back here when printing the error | |
| 1010 * message fails, e.g. when setting v:errmsg. */ | |
| 1011 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | |
| 7 | 1013 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); |
| 1014 } | |
| 1015 } | |
| 1016 | |
| 356 | 1017 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 359 | 1018 |
| 1019 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1020 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1021 # endif | |
| 1022 | |
| 356 | 1023 /* |
| 1024 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
| 1025 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
| 359 | 1026 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
| 1027 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
| 1028 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
| 356 | 1029 */ |
| 1030 void | |
| 1031 free_all_mem() | |
| 1032 { | |
| 1033 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
| 359 | 1034 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
| 1037 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
| 1038 if (entered) | |
| 1039 return; | |
| 1040 entered = TRUE; | |
| 356 | 1041 |
| 1446 | 1042 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1410 | 1043 block_autocmds(); /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */ |
| 1446 | 1044 # endif |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1047 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
|
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1048 p_ea = FALSE; |
| 766 | 1049 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 1050 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
| 1051 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
| 1052 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
| 1446 | 1053 # endif |
| 673 | 1054 |
| 741 | 1055 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
| 356 | 1056 /* Free all spell info. */ |
| 1057 spell_free_all(); | |
| 1058 # endif | |
| 1059 | |
| 359 | 1060 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
| 356 | 1061 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
| 1062 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
| 359 | 1063 # endif |
| 356 | 1064 |
| 1065 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1066 /* Clear menus. */ | |
| 1067 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
| 1993 | 1068 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
| 1069 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
| 1070 # endif | |
| 356 | 1071 # endif |
| 1072 | |
| 359 | 1073 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
| 1993 | 1074 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
| 1075 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
| 356 | 1076 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
| 1077 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
| 1078 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
| 359 | 1079 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 1080 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
| 1081 # endif | |
| 362 | 1082 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
| 1083 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
| 1084 # endif | |
| 1828 | 1085 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
| 1086 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
| 1087 #endif | |
| 359 | 1088 |
| 1089 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 1090 free_titles(); | |
| 1091 # endif | |
| 1092 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1093 free_findfile(); | |
| 1094 # endif | |
| 356 | 1095 |
| 1096 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
| 1097 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
| 1098 free_all_autocmds(); | |
| 1099 # endif | |
| 1100 clear_termcodes(); | |
| 359 | 1101 free_all_options(); |
| 1102 free_all_marks(); | |
| 1103 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
| 1104 free_homedir(); | |
| 3744 | 1105 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
| 1106 free_users(); | |
| 1107 # endif | |
| 359 | 1108 free_search_patterns(); |
| 1109 free_old_sub(); | |
| 1110 free_last_insert(); | |
| 1111 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
| 1112 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
| 1113 free_tag_stuff(); | |
| 1114 free_cd_dir(); | |
| 1828 | 1115 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
| 1116 free_signs(); | |
| 1117 # endif | |
| 1446 | 1118 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 359 | 1119 set_expr_line(NULL); |
| 1446 | 1120 # endif |
| 1121 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 673 | 1122 diff_clear(curtab); |
| 1446 | 1123 # endif |
| 626 | 1124 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
| 359 | 1125 |
| 1126 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
| 1127 vim_free(username); | |
| 1422 | 1128 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
1129 vim_regfree(clip_exclude_prog); |
| 1422 | 1130 # endif |
| 359 | 1131 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1132 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 359 | 1133 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1134 # endif |
| 680 | 1135 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
| 359 | 1136 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 356 | 1137 |
| 1138 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
| 1139 p_hi = 0; | |
| 1446 | 1140 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 356 | 1141 init_history(); |
| 1446 | 1142 # endif |
| 356 | 1143 |
| 359 | 1144 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
| 1446 | 1145 { |
| 1863 | 1146 win_T *win; |
| 1147 tabpage_T *tab; | |
| 1446 | 1148 |
| 1149 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
| 1150 /* Free all location lists */ | |
| 1863 | 1151 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
| 1446 | 1152 qf_free_all(win); |
| 1153 } | |
| 359 | 1154 #endif |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
| 1157 close_all_scripts(); | |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 1160 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
| 1161 win_free_all(); | |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 1163 | |
| 1576 | 1164 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
| 1165 * were freed already. */ | |
| 1166 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
| 1167 p_acd = FALSE; | |
| 1168 #endif | |
| 356 | 1169 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
| 3365 | 1172 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE, FALSE); |
| 356 | 1173 if (buf_valid(buf)) |
| 1174 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
| 1175 else | |
| 1176 buf = firstbuf; | |
| 1177 } | |
| 1178 | |
| 359 | 1179 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1180 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
| 356 | 1181 #endif |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 /* Clear registers. */ | |
| 1184 clear_registers(); | |
| 1185 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1186 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1187 | |
| 1071 | 1188 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 359 | 1189 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
| 1190 #endif | |
| 1191 | |
| 356 | 1192 /* highlight info */ |
| 1193 free_highlight(); | |
| 1194 | |
| 362 | 1195 reset_last_sourcing(); |
| 1196 | |
| 766 | 1197 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 853 | 1198 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
| 1199 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
| 766 | 1200 #endif |
| 1201 | |
| 356 | 1202 # ifdef UNIX |
| 1203 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
| 1204 mch_free_mem(); | |
| 1205 # endif | |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 /* message history */ | |
| 1208 for (;;) | |
| 1209 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
| 1210 break; | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1213 eval_clear(); | |
| 1214 # endif | |
| 1215 | |
| 359 | 1216 free_termoptions(); |
| 1217 | |
| 356 | 1218 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
| 1219 free_screenlines(); | |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
| 1222 xsmp_close(); | |
| 1223 #endif | |
| 359 | 1224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1225 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
| 1226 #endif | |
| 1227 clear_hl_tables(); | |
| 356 | 1228 |
| 1229 vim_free(IObuff); | |
| 1230 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 #endif | |
| 1233 | |
| 7 | 1234 /* |
| 2656 | 1235 * Copy "string" into newly allocated memory. |
| 7 | 1236 */ |
| 1237 char_u * | |
| 1238 vim_strsave(string) | |
| 1239 char_u *string; | |
| 1240 { | |
| 1241 char_u *p; | |
| 1242 unsigned len; | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
| 1245 p = alloc(len); | |
| 1246 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1247 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
| 1248 return p; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 | |
| 2656 | 1251 /* |
| 1252 * Copy up to "len" bytes of "string" into newly allocated memory and | |
| 1253 * terminate with a NUL. | |
| 1254 * The allocated memory always has size "len + 1", also when "string" is | |
| 1255 * shorter. | |
| 1256 */ | |
| 7 | 1257 char_u * |
| 1258 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
| 1259 char_u *string; | |
| 1260 int len; | |
| 1261 { | |
| 1262 char_u *p; | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 1265 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
| 1268 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 1269 } | |
| 1270 return p; | |
| 1271 } | |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 /* | |
| 1274 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
| 1275 * by a backslash. | |
| 1276 */ | |
| 1277 char_u * | |
| 1278 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
| 1279 char_u *string; | |
| 1280 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 1281 { | |
| 16 | 1282 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
| 7 | 1283 } |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 /* | |
| 1286 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
| 1287 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
| 16 | 1288 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
| 7 | 1289 */ |
| 1290 char_u * | |
| 16 | 1291 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
| 7 | 1292 char_u *string; |
| 1293 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 16 | 1294 int cc; |
| 7 | 1295 int bsl; |
| 1296 { | |
| 1297 char_u *p; | |
| 1298 char_u *p2; | |
| 1299 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1300 unsigned length; | |
| 1301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1302 int l; | |
| 1303 #endif | |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 /* | |
| 1306 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
| 1307 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
| 1308 */ | |
| 1309 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
| 1310 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1311 { | |
| 1312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1313 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1314 { |
| 1315 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
| 1316 p += l - 1; | |
| 1317 continue; | |
| 1318 } | |
| 1319 #endif | |
| 1320 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 1321 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
| 1322 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1325 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1326 { | |
| 1327 p2 = escaped_string; | |
| 1328 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1329 { | |
| 1330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1331 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1332 { |
| 1333 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
| 1334 p2 += l; | |
| 1335 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
| 1336 continue; | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 #endif | |
| 1339 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 16 | 1340 *p2++ = cc; |
| 7 | 1341 *p2++ = *p; |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 *p2 = NUL; | |
| 1344 } | |
| 1345 return escaped_string; | |
| 1346 } | |
| 1347 | |
| 1685 | 1348 /* |
| 1349 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
| 1350 */ | |
| 1351 int | |
| 1352 csh_like_shell() | |
| 1353 { | |
| 1354 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
| 1355 } | |
| 1712 | 1356 |
| 985 | 1357 /* |
| 1358 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
| 1993 | 1359 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
| 985 | 1360 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
| 1673 | 1361 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
| 1362 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
| 1363 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
| 5690 | 1364 * When "do_newline" is FALSE do not escape newline unless it is csh shell. |
| 985 | 1365 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
| 1366 */ | |
| 1367 char_u * | |
| 5690 | 1368 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special, do_newline) |
| 985 | 1369 char_u *string; |
| 1661 | 1370 int do_special; |
| 5690 | 1371 int do_newline; |
| 985 | 1372 { |
| 1373 unsigned length; | |
| 1374 char_u *p; | |
| 1375 char_u *d; | |
| 1376 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1661 | 1377 int l; |
| 1673 | 1378 int csh_like; |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
| 1381 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
| 1382 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
| 1383 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
| 1685 | 1384 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
| 985 | 1385 |
| 1386 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
| 1072 | 1387 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
| 985 | 1388 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
| 1389 { | |
| 1390 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1391 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1392 { | |
| 1393 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1394 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 else | |
| 1397 # endif | |
| 1398 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1399 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
| 5690 | 1400 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1401 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1402 { |
| 1403 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1404 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1405 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1406 } | |
| 1661 | 1407 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1408 { | |
| 1409 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1410 p += l - 1; | |
| 1411 } | |
| 985 | 1412 } |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
| 1415 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1416 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1417 { | |
| 1418 d = escaped_string; | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 /* add opening quote */ | |
| 1421 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1422 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1423 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1424 else | |
| 1425 # endif | |
| 1426 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 1429 { | |
| 1430 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1431 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1432 { | |
| 1433 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1434 { | |
| 1435 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1436 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1437 ++p; | |
| 1438 continue; | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 } | |
| 1441 else | |
| 1442 # endif | |
| 1443 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1444 { | |
| 1661 | 1445 *d++ = '\''; |
| 1446 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1447 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1448 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 985 | 1449 ++p; |
| 1450 continue; | |
| 1451 } | |
| 5690 | 1452 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1453 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1454 { |
| 1455 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1456 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1457 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1458 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 1459 continue; | |
| 1460 } | |
| 1661 | 1461 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1462 { | |
| 1463 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1464 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
| 1465 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 2009 | 1466 continue; |
| 1661 | 1467 } |
| 985 | 1468 |
| 1469 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
| 1473 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1474 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1475 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1476 else | |
| 1477 # endif | |
| 1478 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1479 *d = NUL; | |
| 1480 } | |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 return escaped_string; | |
| 1483 } | |
| 1484 | |
| 7 | 1485 /* |
| 1486 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1487 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1488 */ | |
| 1489 char_u * | |
| 1490 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
| 1491 char_u *string; | |
| 1492 { | |
| 1493 char_u *p1; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
| 1496 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1497 return p1; | |
| 1498 } | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 /* | |
| 1501 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1502 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1503 */ | |
| 1504 char_u * | |
| 1505 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
| 1506 char_u *string; | |
| 1507 int len; | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 char_u *p1; | |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
| 1512 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1513 return p1; | |
| 1514 } | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 /* | |
| 1517 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1518 */ | |
| 1519 void | |
| 1520 vim_strup(p) | |
| 1521 char_u *p; | |
| 1522 { | |
| 1523 char_u *p2; | |
| 1524 int c; | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1527 { | |
| 1528 p2 = p; | |
| 1529 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
| 1530 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1531 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
| 1532 #else | |
| 1533 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
| 1534 #endif | |
| 1535 } | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 | |
| 741 | 1538 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 323 | 1539 /* |
| 1540 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
| 1541 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
| 1542 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 1543 */ | |
| 1544 char_u * | |
| 1545 strup_save(orig) | |
| 1546 char_u *orig; | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 char_u *p; | |
| 1549 char_u *res; | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 if (res != NULL) | |
| 1554 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1555 { | |
| 1556 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1557 int l; | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1560 { | |
| 1561 int c, uc; | |
| 3263 | 1562 int newl; |
| 323 | 1563 char_u *s; |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 1566 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
| 1569 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
| 474 | 1570 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
| 3263 | 1571 newl = utf_char2len(uc); |
| 1572 if (newl != l) | |
| 323 | 1573 { |
| 3263 | 1574 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + newl - l); |
| 323 | 1575 if (s == NULL) |
| 1576 break; | |
| 1577 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
| 3263 | 1578 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + newl, p + l); |
| 323 | 1579 p = s + (p - res); |
| 1580 vim_free(res); | |
| 1581 res = s; | |
| 1582 } | |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
| 3263 | 1585 p += newl; |
| 323 | 1586 } |
| 474 | 1587 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 323 | 1588 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
| 1589 else | |
| 1590 # endif | |
| 1591 { | |
| 1592 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
| 1593 p++; | |
| 1594 } | |
| 1595 } | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 return res; | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 #endif | |
| 1600 | |
| 7 | 1601 /* |
| 1602 * copy a space a number of times | |
| 1603 */ | |
| 1604 void | |
| 1605 copy_spaces(ptr, count) | |
| 1606 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1607 size_t count; | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 size_t i = count; | |
| 1610 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 while (i--) | |
| 1613 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1617 /* | |
| 1618 * Copy a character a number of times. | |
| 1993 | 1619 * Does not work for multi-byte characters! |
| 7 | 1620 */ |
| 1621 void | |
| 1622 copy_chars(ptr, count, c) | |
| 1623 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1624 size_t count; | |
| 1625 int c; | |
| 1626 { | |
| 1627 size_t i = count; | |
| 1628 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 while (i--) | |
| 1631 *p++ = c; | |
| 1632 } | |
| 1633 #endif | |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 /* | |
| 1636 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
| 1637 */ | |
| 1638 void | |
| 1639 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
| 1640 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1641 { | |
| 1642 char_u *q; | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 1645 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
| 1646 *q = NUL; | |
| 1647 } | |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 /* | |
| 323 | 1650 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
| 378 | 1651 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
| 7 | 1652 */ |
| 1653 void | |
| 1654 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
| 323 | 1655 char_u *to; |
| 1656 char_u *from; | |
| 418 | 1657 size_t len; |
| 7 | 1658 { |
| 323 | 1659 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
| 1660 to[len] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 1661 } |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 /* | |
| 2768 | 1664 * Like strcat(), but make sure the result fits in "tosize" bytes and is |
| 1665 * always NUL terminated. | |
| 1666 */ | |
| 1667 void | |
| 1668 vim_strcat(to, from, tosize) | |
| 1669 char_u *to; | |
| 1670 char_u *from; | |
| 1671 size_t tosize; | |
| 1672 { | |
| 1673 size_t tolen = STRLEN(to); | |
| 1674 size_t fromlen = STRLEN(from); | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 if (tolen + fromlen + 1 > tosize) | |
| 1677 { | |
| 1678 mch_memmove(to + tolen, from, tosize - tolen - 1); | |
| 1679 to[tosize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 1680 } | |
| 1681 else | |
| 1682 STRCPY(to + tolen, from); | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 /* | |
| 7 | 1686 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with |
| 1687 * "sep_chars". | |
| 459 | 1688 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
| 7 | 1689 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
| 1690 * The length is returned. | |
| 1691 */ | |
| 1692 int | |
| 1693 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
| 1694 char_u **option; | |
| 1695 char_u *buf; | |
| 1696 int maxlen; | |
| 1697 char *sep_chars; | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 int len = 0; | |
| 1700 char_u *p = *option; | |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
| 1703 if (*p == '.') | |
| 1704 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
| 1705 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
| 1706 { | |
| 1707 /* | |
| 1708 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
| 1709 */ | |
| 1710 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
| 1711 ++p; | |
| 1712 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
| 1713 buf[len++] = *p; | |
| 1714 ++p; | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
| 1719 ++p; | |
| 1720 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 *option = p; | |
| 1723 return len; | |
| 1724 } | |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 /* | |
| 625 | 1727 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
| 1728 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
| 1729 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
| 7 | 1730 */ |
| 1731 void | |
| 1732 vim_free(x) | |
| 1733 void *x; | |
| 1734 { | |
| 625 | 1735 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
| 7 | 1736 { |
| 1737 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1738 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
| 1739 #endif | |
| 1740 free(x); | |
| 1741 } | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
| 1745 void * | |
| 1746 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
| 1747 void *ptr; | |
| 1748 int c; | |
| 1749 size_t size; | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 char *p = ptr; | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 while (size-- > 0) | |
| 1754 *p++ = c; | |
| 1755 return ptr; | |
| 1756 } | |
| 1757 #endif | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
| 1760 /* | |
| 1761 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
| 1762 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
| 1763 */ | |
| 1764 int | |
| 1765 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
| 1766 void *b1; | |
| 1767 void *b2; | |
| 1768 size_t len; | |
| 1769 { | |
| 1770 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
| 1773 { | |
| 1774 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
| 1775 return 1; | |
| 1776 ++p1; | |
| 1777 ++p2; | |
| 1778 } | |
| 1779 return 0; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 #endif | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
| 1784 /* | |
| 1785 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
| 1786 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
| 1787 */ | |
| 1788 void | |
| 1789 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
| 1790 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
| 1791 size_t len; | |
| 1792 { | |
| 1793 /* | |
| 1794 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
| 1795 */ | |
| 1796 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
| 1799 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
| 1800 { | |
| 1801 src += len; | |
| 1802 dst += len; | |
| 1803 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1804 *--dst = *--src; | |
| 1805 } | |
| 1806 else /* copy forwards */ | |
| 1807 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1808 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 1809 } | |
| 1810 #endif | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1813 /* | |
| 1814 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1815 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1816 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1817 */ | |
| 1818 int | |
| 1819 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
| 1820 char *s1; | |
| 1821 char *s2; | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 int i; | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 for (;;) | |
| 1826 { | |
| 1827 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1828 if (i != 0) | |
| 1829 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1830 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1831 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1832 ++s1; | |
| 1833 ++s2; | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1836 } | |
| 1837 #endif | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1840 /* | |
| 1841 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1842 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1843 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1844 */ | |
| 1845 int | |
| 1846 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
| 1847 char *s1; | |
| 1848 char *s2; | |
| 1849 size_t len; | |
| 1850 { | |
| 1851 int i; | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 while (len > 0) | |
| 1854 { | |
| 1855 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1856 if (i != 0) | |
| 1857 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1858 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1859 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1860 ++s1; | |
| 1861 ++s2; | |
| 1862 --len; | |
| 1863 } | |
| 1864 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 #endif | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 /* | |
| 1869 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
| 170 | 1870 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
| 1871 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 7 | 1872 */ |
| 1873 char_u * | |
| 1874 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
| 1875 char_u *string; | |
| 1876 int c; | |
| 1877 { | |
| 1878 char_u *p; | |
| 1879 int b; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 p = string; | |
| 1882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1883 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1886 { | |
| 1887 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c) | |
| 1888 return p; | |
| 474 | 1889 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1890 } |
| 1891 return NULL; | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 1898 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1899 { | |
| 1900 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
| 1901 return p; | |
| 474 | 1902 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1903 } |
| 1904 return NULL; | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1907 { | |
| 1908 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 if (b == c) | |
| 1911 return p; | |
| 474 | 1912 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1913 } |
| 1914 return NULL; | |
| 1915 } | |
| 1916 #endif | |
| 1917 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 1919 if (b == c) | |
| 1920 return p; | |
| 1921 ++p; | |
| 1922 } | |
| 1923 return NULL; | |
| 1924 } | |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 /* | |
| 170 | 1927 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
| 1928 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
| 1929 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 1930 */ | |
| 1931 char_u * | |
| 1932 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
| 1933 char_u *string; | |
| 1934 int c; | |
| 1935 { | |
| 1936 char_u *p = string; | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 if (*p == c) | |
| 1941 return p; | |
| 1942 ++p; | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 return NULL; | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 /* | |
| 7 | 1948 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
| 500 | 1949 * Return NULL if not found. |
| 170 | 1950 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
| 7 | 1951 */ |
| 1952 char_u * | |
| 1953 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
| 1954 char_u *string; | |
| 1955 int c; | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
| 170 | 1958 char_u *p = string; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 while (*p) | |
| 7 | 1961 { |
| 170 | 1962 if (*p == c) |
| 1963 retval = p; | |
| 1964 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 7 | 1965 } |
| 1966 return retval; | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 /* | |
| 1970 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
| 1971 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
| 1972 */ | |
| 1973 #ifndef PROTO | |
| 1974 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
| 1975 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1976 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1977 # endif | |
| 1978 char_u * | |
| 1979 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
| 1980 char_u *s; | |
| 1981 char_u *charset; | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 while (*s) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
| 1986 return s; | |
| 39 | 1987 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1988 } |
| 1989 return NULL; | |
| 1990 } | |
| 1991 # endif | |
| 1992 #endif | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 /* | |
| 1995 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
| 1996 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
| 1997 */ | |
| 1998 int | |
| 1999 vim_isspace(x) | |
| 2000 int x; | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 /************************************************************************ | |
| 119 | 2006 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
| 7 | 2007 */ |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 /* | |
| 2010 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
| 2011 */ | |
| 2012 void | |
| 2013 ga_clear(gap) | |
| 2014 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2015 { | |
| 2016 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 2017 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 /* | |
| 2021 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
| 2022 */ | |
| 2023 void | |
| 2024 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
| 2025 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 int i; | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
| 2030 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2031 ga_clear(gap); | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 /* | |
| 2035 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
| 2036 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
| 2037 */ | |
| 2038 void | |
| 2039 ga_init(gap) | |
| 2040 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2041 { | |
| 2042 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
| 41 | 2043 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
| 7 | 2044 gap->ga_len = 0; |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 void | |
| 2048 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
| 2049 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2050 int itemsize; | |
| 2051 int growsize; | |
| 2052 { | |
| 2053 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2054 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
| 2055 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 /* | |
| 2059 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
| 2060 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
| 2061 */ | |
| 2062 int | |
| 2063 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
| 2064 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2065 int n; | |
| 2066 { | |
| 3376 | 2067 size_t old_len; |
| 2068 size_t new_len; | |
| 7 | 2069 char_u *pp; |
| 2070 | |
| 41 | 2071 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
| 7 | 2072 { |
| 2073 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
| 2074 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
| 3376 | 2075 new_len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); |
| 2076 pp = (gap->ga_data == NULL) | |
| 3386 | 2077 ? alloc((unsigned)new_len) : vim_realloc(gap->ga_data, new_len); |
| 7 | 2078 if (pp == NULL) |
| 2079 return FAIL; | |
| 3376 | 2080 old_len = gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen; |
| 2081 vim_memset(pp + old_len, 0, new_len - old_len); | |
| 41 | 2082 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
| 7 | 2083 gap->ga_data = pp; |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 return OK; | |
| 2086 } | |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 /* | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2089 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2090 * strings with a separating comma. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2091 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2092 */ |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2093 char_u * |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2094 ga_concat_strings(gap) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2095 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2096 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2097 int i; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2098 int len = 0; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2099 char_u *s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2101 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2102 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + 1; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2104 s = alloc(len + 1); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2105 if (s != NULL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2106 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2107 *s = NUL; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2108 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2109 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2110 if (*s != NUL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2111 STRCAT(s, ","); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2112 STRCAT(s, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2113 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2114 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2115 return s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2116 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2118 /* |
| 7 | 2119 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
| 2120 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! | |
| 2121 */ | |
| 2122 void | |
| 2123 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
| 2124 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2125 char_u *s; | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 int len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
| 2132 gap->ga_len += len; | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 /* | |
| 2137 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
| 2138 */ | |
| 2139 void | |
| 2140 ga_append(gap, c) | |
| 2141 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2142 int c; | |
| 2143 { | |
| 2144 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
| 2147 ++gap->ga_len; | |
| 2148 } | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 | |
| 2935 | 2151 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(USE_SYSTEM)) || defined(WIN3264) |
| 2152 /* | |
| 2153 * Append the text in "gap" below the cursor line and clear "gap". | |
| 2154 */ | |
| 2155 void | |
| 2156 append_ga_line(gap) | |
| 2157 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 /* Remove trailing CR. */ | |
| 2160 if (gap->ga_len > 0 | |
| 2161 && !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
| 2162 && ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len - 1] == CAR) | |
| 2163 --gap->ga_len; | |
| 2164 ga_append(gap, NUL); | |
| 2165 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, gap->ga_data, 0, FALSE); | |
| 2166 gap->ga_len = 0; | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 #endif | |
| 2169 | |
| 7 | 2170 /************************************************************************ |
| 2171 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
| 2172 * special key codes. | |
| 2173 */ | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 /* | |
| 2176 * Some useful tables. | |
| 2177 */ | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 static struct modmasktable | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2182 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2183 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
| 2184 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
| 2185 { | |
| 2186 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
| 179 | 2187 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
| 7 | 2188 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
| 2189 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
| 2190 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
| 2191 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
| 2192 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
| 2193 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2194 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
| 2195 #endif | |
| 2196 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
| 2197 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
| 2198 {0, 0, NUL} | |
| 2199 }; | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 /* | |
| 2202 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
| 1209 | 2203 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
| 7 | 2204 */ |
| 2205 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
| 2208 { | |
| 2209 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
| 2210 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
| 2211 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
| 2212 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
| 2213 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
| 2214 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
| 2215 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
| 2216 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
| 2217 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2218 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2219 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
| 2220 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
| 2221 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
| 2222 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2223 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2224 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
| 2225 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2226 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2227 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
| 2228 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
| 2229 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
| 2230 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
| 2231 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
| 2232 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
| 2233 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
| 2234 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
| 2235 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2236 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2237 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
| 2238 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
| 2239 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
| 2240 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
| 2241 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
| 2242 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
| 2245 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
| 2246 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
| 2247 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
| 2248 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
| 2251 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
| 2252 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
| 2253 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
| 2254 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
| 2255 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
| 2256 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
| 2257 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
| 2258 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
| 2259 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
| 2262 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
| 2263 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
| 2264 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
| 2265 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
| 2266 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
| 2267 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
| 2268 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
| 2269 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
| 2270 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
| 2273 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
| 2274 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
| 2275 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
| 2276 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
| 2277 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
| 2278 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
| 2279 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
| 2280 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
| 2281 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
| 2284 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
| 2285 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
| 2286 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
| 2287 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
| 2288 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
| 2289 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
| 2292 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 NUL | |
| 2295 }; | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 static struct key_name_entry | |
| 2298 { | |
| 2299 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
| 2300 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
| 2301 } key_names_table[] = | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
| 2304 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2305 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2306 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
| 2307 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2308 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2309 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2310 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
| 2311 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2312 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2313 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
| 2314 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2315 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
| 2316 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
| 2317 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
| 2318 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
| 2319 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
| 2320 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
| 2321 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2322 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
| 2323 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
| 2324 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
| 2325 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
| 2326 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
| 180 | 2327 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
| 2328 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
| 2329 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
| 2330 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
| 7 | 2331 |
| 2332 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
| 2333 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
| 2334 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
| 2335 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
| 2336 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
| 2337 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
| 2338 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
| 2339 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
| 2340 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
| 2341 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
| 2344 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
| 2345 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
| 2346 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
| 2347 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
| 2348 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
| 2349 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
| 2350 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
| 2351 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
| 2352 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
| 2355 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
| 2356 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
| 2357 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
| 2358 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
| 2359 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
| 2360 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
| 2361 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
| 2362 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
| 2363 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
| 2366 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
| 2367 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
| 2368 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
| 2369 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
| 2370 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
| 2371 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
| 2374 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
| 2375 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
| 2376 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
| 2379 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
| 2380 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
| 2381 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2382 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
| 2383 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
| 2384 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
| 2385 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
| 230 | 2386 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
| 7 | 2387 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
| 2388 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
| 2389 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
| 230 | 2390 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
| 7 | 2391 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
| 2392 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
| 2393 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
| 2394 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
| 2397 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
| 2398 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
| 2399 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
| 2400 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
| 2401 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
| 2404 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
| 2405 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
| 2406 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
| 2407 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
| 2408 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
| 2409 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
| 2410 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
| 2411 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
| 2412 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
| 3273 | 2417 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET |
| 7 | 2418 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2419 #endif |
| 2420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC | |
| 7 | 2421 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2422 #endif |
| 2423 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB | |
| 7 | 2424 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2425 #endif |
| 2426 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM | |
| 7 | 2427 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2428 #endif |
| 2429 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT | |
| 2430 {K_URXVT_MOUSE, (char_u *)"UrxvtMouse"}, | |
| 2431 #endif | |
| 3746 | 2432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_SGR |
| 2433 {K_SGR_MOUSE, (char_u *)"SgrMouse"}, | |
| 2434 #endif | |
| 7 | 2435 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, |
| 2436 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
| 2437 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
| 2438 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
| 2439 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
| 2440 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
| 2441 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
| 2442 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
| 2443 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
| 2444 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
| 2445 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2446 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2447 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2448 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2449 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2450 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2451 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
| 7 | 2452 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
| 2453 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
| 2454 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
| 2455 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
| 2456 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
| 2457 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
| 2458 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
| 2459 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
| 2460 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 2461 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
| 2462 #endif | |
| 2463 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
| 2464 {0, NULL} | |
| 2465 }; | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 2470 static struct mousetable | |
| 2471 { | |
| 2472 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
| 2473 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
| 2474 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
| 2475 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
| 2476 } mouse_table[] = | |
| 2477 { | |
| 2478 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2479 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2480 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2481 #endif | |
| 2482 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2483 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2484 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2485 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2486 #endif | |
| 2487 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2488 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2489 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2490 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2491 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2492 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2493 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2494 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2495 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2496 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2497 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2498 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2499 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
| 2500 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2501 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
| 2502 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2503 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
| 2504 }; | |
| 2505 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 /* | |
| 2508 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
| 2509 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
| 2510 */ | |
| 2511 int | |
| 2512 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
| 2513 int c; | |
| 2514 { | |
| 2515 int i; | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
| 2518 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
| 2519 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
| 2520 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
| 2521 return 0; | |
| 2522 } | |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 /* | |
| 2525 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
| 2526 * modifiers specified. | |
| 2527 */ | |
| 2528 int | |
| 2529 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
| 2530 int key; | |
| 2531 int *modifiers; | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 int i; | |
| 2534 int key0; | |
| 2535 int key1; | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 2538 { | |
| 2539 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
| 2540 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 2541 { | |
| 2542 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2543 return K_S_TAB; | |
| 2544 } | |
| 2545 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2546 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2547 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2548 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
| 2549 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
| 2550 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
| 2551 { | |
| 2552 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2553 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
| 2554 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
| 2555 } | |
| 2556 } | |
| 2557 return key; | |
| 2558 } | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 /* | |
| 180 | 2561 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
| 2562 */ | |
| 2563 int | |
| 2564 handle_x_keys(key) | |
| 2565 int key; | |
| 2566 { | |
| 2567 switch (key) | |
| 2568 { | |
| 2569 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
| 2570 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
| 2571 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
| 2572 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
| 2573 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
| 230 | 2574 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
| 180 | 2575 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
| 230 | 2576 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
| 180 | 2577 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
| 2578 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
| 2579 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
| 2580 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
| 2581 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
| 2582 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
| 2583 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
| 2584 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
| 2585 } | |
| 2586 return key; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 /* | |
| 7 | 2590 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
| 2591 * modifiers are down. | |
| 2592 */ | |
| 2593 char_u * | |
| 2594 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
| 2595 int c; | |
| 2596 int modifiers; | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 int i, idx; | |
| 2601 int table_idx; | |
| 2602 char_u *s; | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 string[0] = '<'; | |
| 2605 idx = 1; | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
| 2608 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
| 2609 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 /* | |
| 2612 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
| 2613 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
| 2614 */ | |
| 2615 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2616 { | |
| 2617 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2618 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
| 2619 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
| 2620 { | |
| 2621 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2622 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
| 2623 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
| 2624 break; | |
| 2625 } | |
| 2626 } | |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
| 2629 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 /* | |
| 2632 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
| 2633 * extract modifiers. | |
| 2634 */ | |
| 2635 if (c > 0 | |
| 2636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2637 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
| 2638 #endif | |
| 2639 ) | |
| 2640 { | |
| 2641 if (table_idx < 0 | |
| 2642 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
| 2643 && (c & 0x80)) | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 c &= 0x7f; | |
| 2646 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 2647 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
| 2648 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2649 } | |
| 2650 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2653 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
| 2654 #else | |
| 2655 c += '@'; | |
| 2656 #endif | |
| 2657 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 } | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
| 2662 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
| 2663 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
| 2664 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
| 2667 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
| 2668 } | |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
| 2671 { | |
| 2672 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
| 2675 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
| 2676 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
| 2677 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2678 } | |
| 2679 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
| 2680 else | |
| 2681 { | |
| 2682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2683 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 2684 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
| 2685 else | |
| 2686 #endif | |
| 2687 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
| 2688 string[idx++] = c; | |
| 2689 else | |
| 2690 { | |
| 2691 s = transchar(c); | |
| 2692 while (*s) | |
| 2693 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
| 2694 } | |
| 2695 } | |
| 2696 } | |
| 2697 else /* use name of special key */ | |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
| 2700 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 2701 } | |
| 2702 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
| 2703 string[idx] = NUL; | |
| 2704 return string; | |
| 2705 } | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 /* | |
| 2708 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
| 2709 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
| 2710 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2711 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
| 2712 */ | |
| 2713 int | |
| 2714 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
| 2715 char_u **srcp; | |
| 2716 char_u *dst; | |
| 2717 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
| 2718 { | |
| 2719 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 2720 int key; | |
| 2721 int dlen = 0; | |
| 2722 | |
| 1775 | 2723 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2724 if (key == 0) |
| 2725 return 0; | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
| 2728 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 2729 { | |
| 2730 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2731 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2732 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
| 2733 } | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2736 { | |
| 2737 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2738 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2739 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2740 } | |
| 2741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2742 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
| 2743 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
| 2744 #endif | |
| 2745 else if (keycode) | |
| 2746 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
| 2747 else | |
| 2748 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 return dlen; | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 /* | |
| 2754 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
| 2755 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2756 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
| 2757 */ | |
| 2758 int | |
| 1775 | 2759 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
| 7 | 2760 char_u **srcp; |
| 2761 int *modp; | |
| 1775 | 2762 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
| 2763 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
| 7 | 2764 { |
| 2765 char_u *last_dash; | |
| 2766 char_u *end_of_name; | |
| 2767 char_u *src; | |
| 2768 char_u *bp; | |
| 2769 int modifiers; | |
| 2770 int bit; | |
| 2771 int key; | |
| 835 | 2772 unsigned long n; |
| 3024 | 2773 int l; |
| 7 | 2774 |
| 2775 src = *srcp; | |
| 2776 if (src[0] != '<') | |
| 2777 return 0; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
| 2780 last_dash = src; | |
| 2781 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 if (*bp == '-') | |
| 2784 { | |
| 2785 last_dash = bp; | |
| 3024 | 2786 if (bp[1] != NUL) |
| 2787 { | |
| 2788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2789 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2790 l = mb_ptr2len(bp + 1); | |
| 2791 else | |
| 2792 #endif | |
| 2793 l = 1; | |
| 2794 if (bp[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2795 bp += l; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
| 2796 } | |
| 7 | 2797 } |
| 2798 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
| 2799 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
| 3026 | 2800 else if (STRNICMP(bp, "char-", 5) == 0) |
| 2801 { | |
| 2802 vim_str2nr(bp + 5, NULL, &l, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2803 bp += l + 5; | |
| 2804 break; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 7 | 2806 } |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
| 2809 { | |
| 2810 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
| 2813 modifiers = 0x0; | |
| 2814 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 if (*bp != '-') | |
| 2817 { | |
| 2818 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
| 2819 if (bit == 0x0) | |
| 2820 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
| 2821 modifiers |= bit; | |
| 2822 } | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 /* | |
| 2826 * Legal modifier name. | |
| 2827 */ | |
| 2828 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
| 2829 { | |
| 3024 | 2830 if (STRNICMP(last_dash + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 |
| 2831 && VIM_ISDIGIT(last_dash[6])) | |
| 2832 { | |
| 2833 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
| 2834 vim_str2nr(last_dash + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n); | |
| 3026 | 2835 key = (int)n; |
| 3024 | 2836 } |
| 7 | 2837 else |
| 180 | 2838 { |
| 3026 | 2839 /* |
| 2840 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
| 2841 */ | |
| 2842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2843 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2844 l = mb_ptr2len(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2845 else | |
| 2846 #endif | |
| 2847 l = 1; | |
| 2848 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2849 key = PTR2CHAR(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2850 else | |
| 2851 { | |
| 2852 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2853 if (!keep_x_key) | |
| 2854 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
| 2855 } | |
| 180 | 2856 } |
| 7 | 2857 |
| 2858 /* | |
| 2859 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
| 2860 * special key name. | |
| 2861 */ | |
| 2862 if (key != NUL) | |
| 2863 { | |
| 2864 /* | |
| 2865 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
| 2866 * includes the modifier. | |
| 2867 */ | |
| 2868 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 if (!keycode) | |
| 2871 { | |
| 2872 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
| 2873 if (key == K_BS) | |
| 2874 key = BS; | |
| 2875 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
| 2876 key = DEL; | |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 /* | |
| 2880 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
| 2881 */ | |
| 2882 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2883 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2886 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2887 return key; | |
| 2888 } | |
| 2889 } | |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 return 0; | |
| 2892 } | |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 /* | |
| 2895 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
| 2896 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
| 2897 */ | |
| 2898 int | |
| 2899 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
| 2900 int key; | |
| 2901 int *modp; | |
| 2902 { | |
| 2903 int modifiers = *modp; | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2906 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2907 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2908 #endif | |
| 2909 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2910 { | |
| 2911 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
| 2912 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2913 } | |
| 2914 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2915 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2916 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
| 2917 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
| 2918 * ??? */ | |
| 2919 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
| 2920 != NULL | |
| 2921 #else | |
| 2922 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2923 #endif | |
| 2924 ) | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
| 2927 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2928 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
| 2929 if (key == 0) | |
| 2930 key = K_ZERO; | |
| 2931 } | |
| 2932 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2933 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2934 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2935 #endif | |
| 2936 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
| 2937 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2938 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
| 2939 #endif | |
| 2940 ) | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 key |= 0x80; | |
| 2943 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
| 2944 } | |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2947 return key; | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 /* | |
| 2951 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
| 2952 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
| 2953 */ | |
| 2954 int | |
| 2955 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
| 2956 int c; | |
| 2957 { | |
| 2958 int i; | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2961 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
| 2962 break; | |
| 2963 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
| 2964 i = -1; | |
| 2965 return i; | |
| 2966 } | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 /* | |
| 2969 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
| 2970 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
| 2971 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
| 2972 * termcap name. | |
| 2973 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
| 2974 */ | |
| 2975 int | |
| 2976 get_special_key_code(name) | |
| 2977 char_u *name; | |
| 2978 { | |
| 2979 char_u *table_name; | |
| 2980 char_u string[3]; | |
| 2981 int i, j; | |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 /* | |
| 2984 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
| 2985 */ | |
| 2986 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
| 2987 { | |
| 2988 string[0] = name[2]; | |
| 2989 string[1] = name[3]; | |
| 2990 string[2] = NUL; | |
| 2991 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 2992 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
| 2993 } | |
| 2994 else | |
| 2995 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 2998 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
| 2999 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
| 3000 break; | |
| 3001 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
| 3002 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
| 3003 } | |
| 3004 return 0; | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 | |
| 1661 | 3007 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3008 char_u * |
| 3009 get_key_name(i) | |
| 3010 int i; | |
| 3011 { | |
| 1881 | 3012 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
| 7 | 3013 return NULL; |
| 3014 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3015 } | |
| 3016 #endif | |
| 3017 | |
| 1661 | 3018 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3019 /* |
| 3020 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
| 3021 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
| 3022 */ | |
| 3023 int | |
| 3024 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3025 int code; | |
| 3026 int *is_click; | |
| 3027 int *is_drag; | |
| 3028 { | |
| 3029 int i; | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3032 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
| 3035 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
| 3036 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
| 3037 } | |
| 3038 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
| 3039 } | |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 /* | |
| 3042 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
| 3043 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
| 3044 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
| 3045 */ | |
| 3046 int | |
| 3047 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3048 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
| 3049 int is_click; | |
| 3050 int is_drag; | |
| 3051 { | |
| 3052 int i; | |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3055 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
| 3056 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
| 3057 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
| 3058 { | |
| 3059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 263 | 3060 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
| 3061 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
| 3062 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
| 3063 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
| 7 | 3064 { |
| 263 | 3065 if (mouse_col < 0) |
| 3066 mouse_col = 0; | |
| 3067 else | |
| 3068 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
| 7 | 3069 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 3070 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
| 3071 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
| 3072 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 #endif | |
| 3075 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
| 3076 } | |
| 1209 | 3077 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
| 7 | 3078 } |
| 3079 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 /* | |
| 3082 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3083 */ | |
| 3084 int | |
| 3085 get_fileformat(buf) | |
| 3086 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
| 3091 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3092 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3093 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3094 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3095 } | |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 /* | |
| 3098 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
| 3099 * argument. | |
| 3100 */ | |
| 3101 int | |
| 3102 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
| 3103 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3104 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
| 3105 { | |
| 3106 int c; | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
| 3109 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
| 3110 else | |
| 3111 { | |
| 3112 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
| 3113 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
| 3114 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3115 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3116 } | |
| 3117 if (c == 'u') | |
| 3118 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3119 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3120 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3121 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3122 } | |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 /* | |
| 3125 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3126 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
| 3127 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
| 3128 */ | |
| 3129 void | |
| 3130 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
| 3131 int t; | |
| 3132 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 char *p = NULL; | |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 switch (t) | |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 case EOL_DOS: | |
| 3139 p = FF_DOS; | |
| 3140 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
| 3141 break; | |
| 3142 case EOL_UNIX: | |
| 3143 p = FF_UNIX; | |
| 3144 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3145 break; | |
| 3146 case EOL_MAC: | |
| 3147 p = FF_MAC; | |
| 3148 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3149 break; | |
| 3150 } | |
| 3151 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3152 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
| 694 | 3153 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
| 3154 | |
| 7 | 3155 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 671 | 3156 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
| 7 | 3157 check_status(curbuf); |
| 673 | 3158 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3159 #endif |
| 3160 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3161 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3162 #endif | |
| 3163 } | |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 /* | |
| 3166 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
| 3167 */ | |
| 3168 int | |
| 3169 default_fileformat() | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 switch (*p_ffs) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3174 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 /* | |
| 3180 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
| 3181 */ | |
| 3182 int | |
| 3183 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
| 3184 char_u *cmd; | |
| 3185 int opt; | |
| 3186 { | |
| 3187 char_u *ncmd; | |
| 3188 int retval; | |
| 170 | 3189 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 3190 proftime_T wait_time; | |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 7 | 3192 |
| 3193 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
| 3194 { | |
| 293 | 3195 verbose_enter(); |
| 273 | 3196 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
| 7 | 3197 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
| 3198 out_char('\n'); | |
| 3199 cursor_on(); | |
| 293 | 3200 verbose_leave(); |
| 7 | 3201 } |
| 3202 | |
| 170 | 3203 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3204 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3205 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
| 3206 #endif | |
| 3207 | |
| 7 | 3208 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
| 3211 retval = -1; | |
| 3212 } | |
| 3213 else | |
| 3214 { | |
| 3215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 3216 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
| 3217 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 3218 #endif | |
| 3219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3220 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 3221 #endif | |
| 3222 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
| 3223 tag_freematch(); | |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
| 3226 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
| 3227 else | |
| 3228 { | |
| 3359 | 3229 char_u *ecmd = cmd; |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 if (*p_sxe != NUL && STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0) | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 ecmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmd, p_sxe, '^', FALSE); | |
| 3234 if (ecmd == NULL) | |
| 3235 ecmd = cmd; | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(ecmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
| 7 | 3238 if (ncmd != NULL) |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3359 | 3241 STRCAT(ncmd, ecmd); |
| 3357 | 3242 /* When 'shellxquote' is ( append ). |
| 3243 * When 'shellxquote' is "( append )". */ | |
| 3244 STRCAT(ncmd, STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")" | |
| 3245 : STRCMP(p_sxq, "\"(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")\"" | |
| 3246 : p_sxq); | |
| 7 | 3247 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); |
| 3248 vim_free(ncmd); | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 else | |
| 3251 retval = -1; | |
| 3359 | 3252 if (ecmd != cmd) |
| 3253 vim_free(ecmd); | |
| 7 | 3254 } |
| 3255 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3256 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 3257 #endif | |
| 3258 /* | |
| 3259 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
| 3260 * external command. | |
| 3261 */ | |
| 3262 shell_resized_check(); | |
| 3263 } | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3266 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
| 170 | 3267 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3268 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3269 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
| 3270 # endif | |
| 7 | 3271 #endif |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 return retval; | |
| 3274 } | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 /* | |
| 789 | 3277 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
| 3278 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
| 7 | 3279 */ |
| 3280 int | |
| 3281 get_real_state() | |
| 3282 { | |
| 3283 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 3284 { | |
| 3285 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 789 | 3286 { |
| 3287 if (VIsual_select) | |
| 3288 return SELECTMODE; | |
| 7 | 3289 return VISUAL; |
| 789 | 3290 } |
| 5735 | 3291 else if (finish_op) |
| 3292 return OP_PENDING; | |
| 7 | 3293 } |
| 3294 return State; | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 | |
| 39 | 3297 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3298 /* | |
| 3299 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
| 2939 | 3300 * Takes care of multi-byte characters. |
| 39 | 3301 * "b" must point to the start of the file name |
| 3302 */ | |
| 3303 int | |
| 3304 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
| 3305 char_u *b; | |
| 3306 char_u *p; | |
| 3307 { | |
| 2939 | 3308 return p > b && vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) |
| 39 | 3309 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 #endif | |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 /* | |
| 3314 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
| 3315 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
| 3316 */ | |
| 3317 int | |
| 3318 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
| 3319 char_u *f1; | |
| 3320 char_u *f2; | |
| 3321 { | |
| 3322 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3323 char_u *t1; | |
| 3324 char_u *t2; | |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 /* safety check */ | |
| 3327 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
| 3328 return FALSE; | |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 3331 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
| 3332 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
| 3333 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
| 3334 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 | |
| 7 | 3337 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
| 574 | 3338 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
| 11 | 3339 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
| 7 | 3340 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
| 3341 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3342 /* | |
| 3343 * Change to a file's directory. | |
| 3344 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
| 3345 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 3346 */ | |
| 3347 int | |
| 3348 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
| 3349 char_u *fname; | |
| 3350 { | |
| 39 | 3351 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
| 3352 | |
| 418 | 3353 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 39 | 3354 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
| 3355 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7 | 3356 } |
| 3357 #endif | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3360 /* | |
| 3361 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
| 3362 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
| 3363 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
| 3364 */ | |
| 3365 int | |
| 3366 illegal_slash(name) | |
| 3367 char *name; | |
| 3368 { | |
| 3369 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
| 3370 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
| 3371 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
| 3372 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
| 3373 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
| 3374 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
| 3375 return TRUE; | |
| 3376 } | |
| 3377 #endif | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 /* | |
| 3382 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
| 3383 */ | |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
| 3386 { | |
| 3387 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
| 3388 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
| 3389 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
| 3390 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3391 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3392 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3393 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3394 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3395 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3396 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3397 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3398 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3399 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3400 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3401 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3402 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3403 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3404 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3405 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3406 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
| 3407 }; | |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3410 /* | |
| 3411 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
| 3412 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
| 3413 */ | |
| 3414 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
| 3417 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
| 3418 "beam", | |
| 3419 "updown", | |
| 3420 "udsizing", | |
| 3421 "leftright", | |
| 3422 "lrsizing", | |
| 3423 "busy", | |
| 3424 "no", | |
| 3425 "crosshair", | |
| 3426 "hand1", | |
| 3427 "hand2", | |
| 3428 "pencil", | |
| 3429 "question", | |
| 3430 "rightup-arrow", | |
| 3431 "up-arrow", | |
| 3432 NULL | |
| 3433 }; | |
| 3434 #endif | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 /* | |
| 3437 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
| 3438 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
| 3439 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
| 3440 */ | |
| 3441 char_u * | |
| 3442 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
| 3443 int what; | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 char_u *modep; | |
| 3446 char_u *colonp; | |
| 3447 char_u *commap; | |
| 3448 char_u *slashp; | |
| 3449 char_u *p, *endp; | |
| 3450 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 3451 int all_idx; | |
| 3452 int len; | |
| 3453 int i; | |
| 3454 long n; | |
| 3455 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
| 3456 int round; | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 /* | |
| 3459 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
| 3460 */ | |
| 3461 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 3462 { | |
| 3463 /* | |
| 3464 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
| 3465 */ | |
| 3466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3467 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3468 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
| 3469 else | |
| 3470 #endif | |
| 3471 modep = p_guicursor; | |
| 3472 while (*modep != NUL) | |
| 3473 { | |
| 3474 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
| 3475 if (colonp == NULL) | |
| 3476 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
| 3477 if (colonp == modep) | |
| 3478 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3479 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 /* | |
| 3482 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
| 3483 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
| 3484 */ | |
| 3485 all_idx = -1; | |
| 3486 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3487 { | |
| 3488 if (all_idx < 0) | |
| 3489 { | |
| 3490 /* Find the mode. */ | |
| 3491 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
| 3492 len = 1; | |
| 3493 else | |
| 3494 len = 2; | |
| 3495 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
| 3496 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
| 3497 else | |
| 3498 { | |
| 3499 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
| 3500 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
| 3501 == 0) | |
| 3502 break; | |
| 3503 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
| 3504 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
| 3505 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3506 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
| 3507 found_ve = TRUE; | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 modep += len + 1; | |
| 3510 } | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3513 idx = all_idx--; | |
| 3514 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3515 { | |
| 3516 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3517 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3518 { | |
| 3519 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3520 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
| 3521 } | |
| 3522 else | |
| 3523 #endif | |
| 3524 { | |
| 3525 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3526 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3527 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
| 3528 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
| 3529 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
| 3530 } | |
| 3531 } | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
| 3534 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
| 3535 { | |
| 3536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3537 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3538 { | |
| 3539 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 3540 { | |
| 3541 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3544 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
| 3545 if (round == 2) | |
| 3546 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
| 3547 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 3548 else | |
| 3549 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
| 3550 break; | |
| 3551 } | |
| 3552 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
| 3553 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
| 3554 { | |
| 3555 if (round == 2) | |
| 3556 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
| 3557 p += len; | |
| 3558 break; | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3563 #endif | |
| 3564 { | |
| 3565 /* | |
| 3566 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
| 3567 */ | |
| 3568 i = *p; | |
| 3569 len = 0; | |
| 3570 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
| 3571 len = 3; | |
| 3572 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
| 3573 len = 3; | |
| 3574 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
| 3575 len = 9; | |
| 3576 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
| 3577 len = 7; | |
| 3578 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
| 3579 len = 8; | |
| 3580 if (len != 0) | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 p += len; | |
| 3583 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3584 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
| 3585 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 3586 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 if (n == 0) | |
| 3589 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
| 3590 if (round == 2) | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
| 3593 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
| 3594 else | |
| 3595 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
| 3596 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3600 { | |
| 3601 if (len == 9) | |
| 3602 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
| 3603 else if (len == 7) | |
| 3604 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
| 3605 else | |
| 3606 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
| 3607 } | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 if (round == 2) | |
| 3612 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3613 p += 5; | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
| 3616 { | |
| 3617 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
| 3618 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 if (endp == NULL) | |
| 3621 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
| 3622 } | |
| 3623 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
| 3624 endp = commap; | |
| 3625 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
| 3626 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
| 3629 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
| 3630 p = slashp + 1; | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 if (round == 2) | |
| 3633 { | |
| 3634 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
| 3635 (int)(endp - p)); | |
| 3636 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 3637 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3638 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 p = endp; | |
| 3641 } | |
| 3642 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 if (*p == '-') | |
| 3645 ++p; | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 modep = p; | |
| 3649 if (*modep == ',') | |
| 3650 ++modep; | |
| 3651 } | |
| 3652 } | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
| 3655 if (!found_ve) | |
| 3656 { | |
| 3657 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3658 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3659 { | |
| 3660 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
| 3661 } | |
| 3662 else | |
| 3663 #endif | |
| 3664 { | |
| 3665 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
| 3666 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
| 3667 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
| 3668 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
| 3669 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
| 3670 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
| 3671 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
| 3672 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
| 3673 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
| 3674 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
| 3675 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 return NULL; | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 | |
| 500 | 3682 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
| 3683 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 3684 /* |
| 3685 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
| 3686 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
| 3687 */ | |
| 3688 int | |
| 3689 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
| 3690 int mouse; | |
| 3691 { | |
| 3692 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3693 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
| 3694 { | |
| 3695 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 87 | 3696 int x, y; |
| 3697 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 3698 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
| 7 | 3699 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
| 3700 # endif | |
| 3701 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
| 3702 } | |
| 3703 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
| 3704 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
| 3705 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3706 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
| 3707 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
| 3708 # endif | |
| 3709 #endif | |
| 3710 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
| 3711 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
| 3712 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3713 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3714 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3715 #endif | |
| 3716 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3717 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3718 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 3719 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
| 3720 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3721 { | |
| 3722 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
| 3723 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
| 3724 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
| 3725 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
| 3726 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
| 3727 } | |
| 3728 if (finish_op) | |
| 3729 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
| 3730 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 3731 { | |
| 3732 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3733 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
| 3734 else | |
| 3735 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
| 3736 } | |
| 3737 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
| 3738 } | |
| 500 | 3739 #endif |
| 7 | 3740 |
| 3741 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3742 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 /* | |
| 3745 * Set the mouse shape: | |
| 3746 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
| 3747 * depending on the current state. | |
| 3748 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
| 3749 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
| 3750 */ | |
| 3751 void | |
| 3752 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
| 3753 int shape_idx; | |
| 3754 { | |
| 3755 int new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
| 227 | 3758 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
| 7 | 3759 return; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
| 3762 * mappings. */ | |
| 3763 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
| 3766 return; | |
| 3767 } | |
| 3768 | |
| 864 | 3769 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
| 3770 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
| 3771 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
| 3772 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
| 3773 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
| 3774 shape_idx = -2; | |
| 3775 | |
| 7 | 3776 if (shape_idx == -2 |
| 3777 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
| 3778 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
| 3779 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
| 3780 return; | |
| 3781 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
| 3782 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
| 3783 else | |
| 3784 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
| 3785 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
| 3786 { | |
| 3787 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
| 3788 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3789 } | |
| 3790 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
| 3791 } | |
| 3792 # endif | |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT | |
| 3798 /* | |
| 1209 | 3799 * Optional encryption support. |
| 7 | 3800 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24 |
| 3801 * Based on zip/crypt sources. | |
| 3802 * | |
| 3803 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to | |
| 3804 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a | |
| 3805 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India. | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3806 * |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3807 * Blowfish addition originally made by Mohsin Ahmed, |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3808 * http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh 2010-03-14 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3809 * Based on blowfish by Bruce Schneier (http://www.schneier.com/blowfish.html) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3810 * and sha256 by Christophe Devine. |
| 7 | 3811 */ |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 /* from zip.h */ | |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */ | |
| 3816 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */ | |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3819 | |
| 297 | 3820 static ulg crc_32_tab[256]; |
| 7 | 3821 |
| 3822 /* | |
| 3823 * Fill the CRC table. | |
| 3824 */ | |
| 3825 static void | |
| 3826 make_crc_tab() | |
| 3827 { | |
| 3828 ulg s,t,v; | |
| 3829 static int done = FALSE; | |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 if (done) | |
| 3832 return; | |
| 3833 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++) | |
| 3834 { | |
| 3835 v = t; | |
| 3836 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++) | |
| 3837 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L); | |
| 3838 crc_32_tab[t] = v; | |
| 3839 } | |
| 3840 done = TRUE; | |
| 3841 } | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8)) | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */ | |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 /* | |
| 2244 | 3848 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence. |
| 7 | 3849 */ |
| 2244 | 3850 #define DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t) { \ |
| 3851 ush temp; \ | |
| 3852 \ | |
| 3853 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; \ | |
| 3970 | 3854 t = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1U)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ |
| 2244 | 3855 } |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 /* | |
| 3858 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text. | |
| 3859 */ | |
| 3860 #define UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(c) { \ | |
| 3861 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], (c)); \ | |
| 3862 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff; \ | |
| 3863 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1; \ | |
| 3864 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24)); \ | |
| 7 | 3865 } |
| 3866 | |
| 2267 | 3867 static int crypt_busy = 0; |
| 3868 static ulg saved_keys[3]; | |
| 3869 static int saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 /* | |
|
2360
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3872 * Return int value for crypt method string: |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3873 * 0 for "zip", the old method. Also for any non-valid value. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3874 * 1 for "blowfish". |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3875 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3876 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3877 crypt_method_from_string(s) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3878 char_u *s; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3879 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3880 return *s == 'b' ? 1 : 0; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3881 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3882 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3883 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3884 * Get the crypt method for buffer "buf" as a number. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3885 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3886 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3887 get_crypt_method(buf) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3888 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3889 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3890 return crypt_method_from_string(*buf->b_p_cm == NUL ? p_cm : buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3891 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3892 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3893 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3894 * Set the crypt method for buffer "buf" to "method" using the int value as |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3895 * returned by crypt_method_from_string(). |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3896 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3897 void |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3898 set_crypt_method(buf, method) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3899 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3900 int method; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3901 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3902 free_string_option(buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3903 buf->b_p_cm = vim_strsave((char_u *)(method == 0 ? "zip" : "blowfish")); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3904 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3905 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3906 /* |
| 2267 | 3907 * Prepare for initializing encryption. If already doing encryption then save |
| 3908 * the state. | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3909 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_pop_state(). |
| 2267 | 3910 */ |
| 3911 void | |
| 3912 crypt_push_state() | |
| 3913 { | |
| 3914 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 /* save the state */ | |
| 3917 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 saved_keys[0] = keys[0]; | |
| 3920 saved_keys[1] = keys[1]; | |
| 3921 saved_keys[2] = keys[2]; | |
| 3922 } | |
| 3923 else | |
| 3924 bf_crypt_save(); | |
| 3925 saved_crypt_method = use_crypt_method; | |
| 3926 } | |
| 3927 else if (crypt_busy > 1) | |
| 3928 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "crypt_push_state()"); | |
| 3929 ++crypt_busy; | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 /* | |
| 3933 * End encryption. If doing encryption before crypt_push_state() then restore | |
| 3934 * the saved state. | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3935 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_push_state(). |
| 2267 | 3936 */ |
| 3937 void | |
| 3938 crypt_pop_state() | |
| 3939 { | |
| 3940 --crypt_busy; | |
| 3941 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3942 { | |
| 3943 use_crypt_method = saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3944 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3945 { | |
| 3946 keys[0] = saved_keys[0]; | |
| 3947 keys[1] = saved_keys[1]; | |
| 3948 keys[2] = saved_keys[2]; | |
| 3949 } | |
| 3950 else | |
| 3951 bf_crypt_restore(); | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 } | |
| 3954 | |
| 7 | 3955 /* |
| 2244 | 3956 * Encrypt "from[len]" into "to[len]". |
| 3957 * "from" and "to" can be equal to encrypt in place. | |
| 7 | 3958 */ |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3959 void |
| 2244 | 3960 crypt_encode(from, len, to) |
| 3961 char_u *from; | |
| 3962 size_t len; | |
| 3963 char_u *to; | |
| 7 | 3964 { |
| 2244 | 3965 size_t i; |
| 3966 int ztemp, t; | |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3969 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 3970 { | |
| 3971 ztemp = from[i]; | |
| 3972 DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t); | |
| 3973 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(ztemp); | |
| 3974 to[i] = t ^ ztemp; | |
| 3975 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3976 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3977 bf_crypt_encode(from, len, to); |
| 2244 | 3978 } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 /* | |
| 3981 * Decrypt "ptr[len]" in place. | |
| 3982 */ | |
| 3983 void | |
| 3984 crypt_decode(ptr, len) | |
| 3985 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3986 long len; | |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 char_u *p; | |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3991 for (p = ptr; p < ptr + len; ++p) | |
| 3992 { | |
| 3993 ush temp; | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; | |
| 3970 | 3996 temp = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1U)) >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 2244 | 3997 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(*p ^= temp); |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 else | |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4000 bf_crypt_decode(ptr, len); |
| 7 | 4001 } |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 /* | |
| 4004 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to | |
| 4005 * the given password. | |
| 4006 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything. | |
| 4007 */ | |
| 4008 void | |
| 4009 crypt_init_keys(passwd) | |
| 4010 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */ | |
| 4011 { | |
| 4012 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL) | |
| 4013 { | |
| 2244 | 4014 if (use_crypt_method == 0) |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4015 { |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4016 char_u *p; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4018 make_crc_tab(); |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4019 keys[0] = 305419896L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4020 keys[1] = 591751049L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4021 keys[2] = 878082192L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4022 for (p = passwd; *p!= NUL; ++p) |
| 2244 | 4023 { |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4024 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP((int)*p); |
| 2244 | 4025 } |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4026 } |
| 2244 | 4027 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4028 bf_crypt_init_keys(passwd); |
| 7 | 4029 } |
| 4030 } | |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 /* | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4033 * Free an allocated crypt key. Clear the text to make sure it doesn't stay |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4034 * in memory anywhere. |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4035 */ |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4036 void |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4037 free_crypt_key(key) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4038 char_u *key; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4039 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4040 char_u *p; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4041 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4042 if (key != NULL) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4043 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4044 for (p = key; *p != NUL; ++p) |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4045 *p = 0; |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4046 vim_free(key); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4047 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4048 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4049 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4050 /* |
| 7 | 4051 * Ask the user for a crypt key. |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4052 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key is stored in the 'key' option, and the |
| 7 | 4053 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it. |
| 4054 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory. | |
| 4055 * Returns NULL on failure. | |
| 4056 */ | |
| 4057 char_u * | |
| 4058 get_crypt_key(store, twice) | |
| 4059 int store; | |
| 4060 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */ | |
| 4061 { | |
| 4062 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL; | |
| 4063 int round; | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 for (round = 0; ; ++round) | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 cmdline_star = TRUE; | |
| 4068 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 4069 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0 | |
| 4070 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ") | |
| 531 | 4071 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING, |
| 4072 NULL); | |
| 7 | 4073 cmdline_star = FALSE; |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 if (p1 == NULL) | |
| 4076 break; | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 if (round == twice) | |
| 4079 { | |
| 4080 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 MSG(_("Keys don't match!")); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4083 free_crypt_key(p1); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4084 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 4085 p2 = NULL; |
| 4086 round = -1; /* do it again */ | |
| 4087 continue; | |
| 4088 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4089 |
| 7 | 4090 if (store) |
| 4091 { | |
| 4092 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4093 free_crypt_key(p1); |
| 7 | 4094 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key; |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 break; | |
| 4097 } | |
| 4098 p2 = p1; | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ | |
| 2267 | 4102 if (msg_didout) |
| 4103 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
|
2491
904cd1c26a1e
After entering a crypt key would need to hit return to continue.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
4104 need_wait_return = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4105 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 4106 | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4107 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 4108 return p1; |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */ | |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
| 4114 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
| 4115 /* | |
| 4116 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
| 4117 * External visible functions: | |
| 4118 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
| 4119 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
| 4120 * context | |
| 4121 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
| 4122 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
| 4123 * vim_findfile_init() | |
| 4124 * | |
| 4125 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
| 4126 * | |
| 4127 * In general it works like this: | |
| 4128 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
| 4129 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
| 4130 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
| 4131 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
| 4132 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
| 4133 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
| 4134 * | |
| 4135 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
| 4136 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
| 4137 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
| 4138 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
| 4139 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4140 * | |
| 4141 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
| 4142 * | |
| 4143 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
| 4144 * needed parameters. | |
| 4145 * | |
| 4146 * | |
| 4147 * | |
| 4148 * ATTENTION: | |
| 4149 * ========== | |
| 1072 | 4150 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
| 7 | 4151 * thread-safe!!!!! |
| 4152 * | |
| 4153 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
| 4154 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
| 4155 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
| 4156 * functions. | |
| 4157 */ | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 /* | |
| 4160 * type for the directory search stack | |
| 4161 */ | |
| 4162 typedef struct ff_stack | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
| 4167 * of the search path | |
| 4168 */ | |
| 4169 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
| 4170 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4171 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
| 4172 #endif | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
| 4175 * of wc_part | |
| 4176 */ | |
| 4177 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
| 4178 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
| 4179 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
| 1541 | 4182 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
| 7 | 4183 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
| 1541 | 4184 */ |
| 7 | 4185 int ffs_stage; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
| 4188 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
| 4189 */ | |
| 4190 int ffs_level; | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
| 4193 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
| 4194 } ff_stack_T; | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 /* | |
| 4197 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
| 4198 */ | |
| 4199 typedef struct ff_visited | |
| 4200 { | |
| 4201 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4204 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
| 4205 * different. So we have to save it. | |
| 4206 */ | |
| 4207 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
| 4208 #endif | |
| 4209 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
| 4210 * use filename. | |
| 4211 */ | |
| 4212 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 4213 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
| 4214 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
| 7 | 4215 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
| 4216 #endif | |
| 4217 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
| 4218 * ffv_fname. | |
| 4219 */ | |
| 4220 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
| 4221 } ff_visited_T; | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 /* | |
| 4224 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
| 1209 | 4225 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
| 7 | 4226 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
| 4227 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
| 4228 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
| 4229 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
| 4230 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
| 4231 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
| 4232 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
| 4233 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
| 4234 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
| 4235 * visited lists. | |
| 4236 */ | |
| 4237 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
| 4242 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 /* | |
| 4250 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
| 1209 | 4251 * Set the default maximum depth. |
| 7 | 4252 */ |
| 4253 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
| 1541 | 4254 |
| 7 | 4255 /* |
| 4256 * The search context: | |
| 4257 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
| 4258 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
| 4259 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
| 4260 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
| 4261 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
| 4262 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
| 4263 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
| 4264 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
| 4265 * Needed for upward search. | |
| 4266 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
| 4267 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
| 4268 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
| 1541 | 4269 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4270 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
| 7 | 4271 */ |
| 4272 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
| 4273 { | |
| 4274 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
| 4275 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
| 4276 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
| 4277 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4278 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4279 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
| 4280 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
| 4281 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
| 4282 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4283 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
| 4284 int ffsc_level; | |
| 4285 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
| 4286 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4287 int ffsc_find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4288 int ffsc_tagfile; |
| 359 | 4289 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
| 4290 | |
| 7 | 4291 /* locally needed functions */ |
| 4292 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4293 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
| 4294 #else | |
| 4295 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
| 4296 #endif | |
| 4297 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4298 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
| 4299 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4300 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4301 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
| 4302 #endif | |
| 4303 | |
| 1541 | 4304 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
| 4305 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4306 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4307 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
| 7 | 4308 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 4309 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4310 #else | |
| 4311 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4312 #endif | |
| 4313 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4314 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
| 4315 #endif | |
| 4316 | |
| 3202 | 4317 static char_u e_pathtoolong[] = N_("E854: path too long for completion"); |
| 4318 | |
| 7 | 4319 #if 0 |
| 4320 /* | |
| 4321 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
| 4322 * NOT TESTED!! | |
| 4323 */ | |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 char_u * | |
| 4328 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
| 4329 char_u *path; | |
| 4330 char_u *filename; | |
| 4331 int level; | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 ff_fn_search_context = | |
| 4334 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
| 4335 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
| 4336 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
| 4337 return NULL; | |
| 4338 else | |
| 4339 return vim_findnext() | |
| 4340 } | |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 char_u * | |
| 4343 vim_findnext() | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 if (NULL == ret) | |
| 4348 { | |
| 4349 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4350 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4351 } | |
| 4352 return ret; | |
| 4353 } | |
| 4354 #endif | |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 /* | |
|
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4357 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
| 7 | 4358 * |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4359 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
| 7 | 4360 * |
| 4361 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
| 4362 * with the search context. | |
| 4363 * | |
| 4364 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
| 4365 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
| 4366 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
| 4367 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
| 4368 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
| 4369 * | |
| 1541 | 4370 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
| 4371 * escape special characters. | |
| 4372 * | |
| 7 | 4373 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
| 4374 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
| 4375 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
| 4376 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
| 4377 * | |
| 4378 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
| 4379 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4380 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
| 7 | 4381 * the first wildcard. |
| 4382 * | |
| 4383 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
| 4384 * | |
| 4385 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
| 4386 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
| 4387 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
| 4388 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
| 4389 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
| 4390 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4391 * | |
| 1541 | 4392 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
| 4393 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
| 7 | 4394 * |
| 4395 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
| 1541 | 4396 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
| 4397 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
| 7 | 4398 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
| 1541 | 4399 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
| 4400 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
| 7 | 4401 * |
| 1541 | 4402 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
| 4403 * must be NULL. | |
| 7 | 4404 * |
| 4405 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
| 4406 * limited functionality then. | |
| 4407 */ | |
| 4408 void * | |
| 1541 | 4409 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
| 4410 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
| 7 | 4411 char_u *path; |
| 4412 char_u *filename; | |
| 1881 | 4413 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4414 int level; |
| 4415 int free_visited; | |
| 1541 | 4416 int find_what; |
| 4417 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4418 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
| 7 | 4419 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
| 4420 { | |
| 4421 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4422 char_u *wc_part; |
| 4423 #endif | |
| 4424 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4425 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 4426 |
| 4427 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
| 4428 * new one. | |
| 4429 */ | |
| 1541 | 4430 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
| 4431 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4432 else |
| 4433 { | |
| 1541 | 4434 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 4435 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4436 goto error_return; |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4437 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 7 | 4438 } |
| 1541 | 4439 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4440 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
| 7 | 4441 |
| 4442 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
| 1541 | 4443 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4444 |
| 4445 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
| 4446 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
| 1541 | 4447 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4448 else |
| 4449 { | |
| 4450 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
| 4451 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
| 1541 | 4452 * one. */ |
| 4453 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
| 4454 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4455 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4456 goto error_return; |
| 1541 | 4457 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
| 4458 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4459 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4460 goto error_return; |
| 4461 } | |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4464 { | |
| 4465 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 4466 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4467 goto error_return; | |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
| 20 | 4471 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
| 7 | 4472 if (path[0] == '.' |
| 4473 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
| 4474 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
| 4475 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
| 4480 { | |
| 4481 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
| 418 | 4482 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
| 1541 | 4483 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4484 } |
| 4485 else | |
| 1541 | 4486 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
| 4487 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4488 goto error_return; |
| 4489 if (*++path != NUL) | |
| 4490 ++path; | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4495 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
| 4496 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4497 { | |
| 4498 char_u drive[3]; | |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
| 4501 drive[1] = ':'; | |
| 4502 drive[2] = NUL; | |
| 4503 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 4504 goto error_return; | |
| 4505 path += 2; | |
| 4506 } | |
| 4507 else | |
| 4508 #endif | |
| 4509 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
| 4510 goto error_return; | |
| 4511 | |
| 1541 | 4512 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4513 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4514 goto error_return; |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4517 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
| 4518 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
| 4519 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
| 4520 && path[1] != path[0] | |
| 1541 | 4521 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
| 4522 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 4523 #endif |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4527 /* | |
| 4528 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
| 4529 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
| 4530 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
| 4531 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
| 1541 | 4532 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
| 7 | 4533 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
| 4534 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
| 4535 */ | |
| 4536 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
| 4537 { | |
| 4538 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
| 4539 int dircount; | |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 while (*walker == ';') | |
| 4542 walker++; | |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 dircount = 1; | |
| 1541 | 4545 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
| 4546 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4549 { |
| 4550 do | |
| 4551 { | |
| 4552 char_u *helper; | |
| 4553 void *ptr; | |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 helper = walker; | |
| 1541 | 4556 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
| 7 | 4557 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
| 4558 if (ptr) | |
| 1541 | 4559 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
| 7 | 4560 else |
| 4561 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
| 4562 break; | |
| 4563 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
| 4564 if (walker) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 1541 | 4566 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4567 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
| 7 | 4568 walker++; |
| 4569 } | |
| 4570 else | |
| 4571 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
| 4572 * of directory tree. | |
| 4573 */ | |
| 1541 | 4574 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4575 vim_strsave(helper); | |
| 7 | 4576 |
| 4577 dircount++; | |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 } while (walker != NULL); | |
| 1541 | 4580 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
| 7 | 4581 } |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 #endif | |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4586 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
| 7 | 4587 |
| 4588 /* split into: | |
| 4589 * -fix path | |
| 4590 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
| 4591 */ | |
| 4592 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
| 4593 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 int llevel; | |
| 4596 int len; | |
| 29 | 4597 char *errpt; |
| 7 | 4598 |
| 4599 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
| 1541 | 4600 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
| 7 | 4601 |
| 4602 /* | |
| 4603 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
| 1209 | 4604 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
| 7 | 4605 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
| 4606 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
| 4607 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
| 4608 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
| 1993 | 4609 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
| 7 | 4610 * string. |
| 4611 */ | |
| 4612 len = 0; | |
| 4613 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
| 4614 { | |
| 3202 | 4615 if (len + 5 >= MAXPATHL) |
| 4616 { | |
| 4617 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4618 break; | |
| 4619 } | |
| 7 | 4620 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4623 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4624 | |
| 29 | 4625 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
| 4626 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
| 7 | 4627 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
| 29 | 4628 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
| 7 | 4629 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
| 4630 len -= 2; | |
| 4631 else | |
| 4632 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
| 29 | 4633 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
| 461 | 4634 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
| 7 | 4635 { |
| 4636 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
| 4637 goto error_return; | |
| 4638 } | |
| 4639 } | |
| 4640 else | |
| 4641 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
| 1541 | 4644 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4647 goto error_return; |
| 4648 } | |
| 4649 else | |
| 4650 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4651 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4654 { |
| 4655 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
| 4656 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
| 4657 */ | |
| 1541 | 4658 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4659 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4660 goto error_return; |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4661 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
| 7 | 4662 } |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* create an absolute path */ | |
| 3202 | 4665 if (STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) |
| 4666 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 3 >= MAXPATHL) | |
| 4667 { | |
| 4668 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4669 goto error_return; | |
| 4670 } | |
| 1541 | 4671 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4672 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4673 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4674 int eb_len = (int)STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4675 char_u *buf = alloc(eb_len |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4676 + (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 1); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4678 STRCPY(buf, ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5110
dafd77a15d44
updated for version 7.3.1298
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5108
diff
changeset
|
4679 STRCPY(buf + eb_len, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4680 if (mch_isdir(buf)) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4681 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4682 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4683 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4684 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4685 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4686 else |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4687 { |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4688 char_u *p = gettail(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 5571 | 4689 char_u *wc_path = NULL; |
| 4690 char_u *temp = NULL; | |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4691 int len = 0; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4692 |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4693 if (p > search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4694 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4695 len = (int)(p - search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) - 1; |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4696 STRNCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path, len); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4697 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4698 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4699 else |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4700 len = (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4701 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4702 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path != NULL) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4703 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4704 wc_path = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4705 temp = alloc((int)(STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path) |
|
5151
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4706 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len) |
|
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4707 + 1)); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4708 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4709 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4710 if (temp == NULL || wc_path == NULL) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4711 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4712 vim_free(buf); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4713 vim_free(temp); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4714 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4715 goto error_return; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4716 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4717 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4718 STRCPY(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4719 STRCAT(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4720 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4721 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4722 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = temp; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4723 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4724 #endif |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4725 vim_free(buf); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4726 } |
| 7 | 4727 |
| 4728 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
| 4729 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4730 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
| 7 | 4731 #endif |
| 4732 level, 0); | |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 if (sptr == NULL) | |
| 4735 goto error_return; | |
| 4736 | |
| 1541 | 4737 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 4740 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4741 goto error_return; |
| 4742 | |
| 1541 | 4743 return search_ctx; |
| 7 | 4744 |
| 4745 error_return: | |
| 4746 /* | |
| 4747 * We clear the search context now! | |
| 4748 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
| 4749 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
| 4750 */ | |
| 1541 | 4751 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4752 return NULL; |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4756 /* | |
| 4757 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
| 4758 */ | |
| 4759 char_u * | |
| 4760 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
| 4761 char_u *buf; | |
| 4762 { | |
| 4763 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
| 4768 { | |
| 2984 | 4769 /* Overwrite the escape char, |
| 4770 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'. */ | |
| 1621 | 4771 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
| 7 | 4772 r_ptr++; |
| 4773 } | |
| 4774 r_ptr++; | |
| 4775 } | |
| 4776 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
| 4777 { | |
| 4778 *r_ptr = 0; | |
| 4779 r_ptr++; | |
| 4780 } | |
| 4781 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
| 4782 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 4783 return r_ptr; | |
| 4784 } | |
| 4785 #endif | |
| 4786 | |
| 1541 | 4787 /* |
| 4788 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
| 4789 */ | |
| 7 | 4790 void |
| 4791 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
| 4792 void *ctx; | |
| 4793 { | |
| 359 | 4794 if (ctx == NULL) |
| 7 | 4795 return; |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
| 1541 | 4798 ff_clear(ctx); |
| 7 | 4799 vim_free(ctx); |
| 4800 } | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 /* | |
| 4803 * Find a file in a search context. | |
| 4804 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
| 4805 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
| 4806 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
| 4807 * | |
| 20 | 4808 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
| 7 | 4809 * |
| 4810 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
| 4811 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
| 4812 * top of the list). | |
| 4813 */ | |
| 4814 char_u * | |
| 1541 | 4815 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4816 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4817 { |
| 4818 char_u *file_path; | |
| 4819 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4820 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
| 4821 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
| 4822 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4823 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
| 7 | 4824 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
| 4825 int len; | |
| 4826 #endif | |
| 4827 int i; | |
| 4828 char_u *p; | |
| 4829 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4830 char_u *suf; | |
| 4831 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4832 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4835 return NULL; |
| 4836 | |
| 1541 | 4837 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 7 | 4838 |
| 4839 /* | |
| 4840 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
| 4841 * return a found filename. | |
| 4842 */ | |
| 4843 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
| 4844 return NULL; | |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4847 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
| 1541 | 4848 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
| 4849 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
| 4850 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
| 7 | 4851 #endif |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4854 /* upward search loop */ | |
| 4855 for (;;) | |
| 4856 { | |
| 4857 #endif | |
| 4858 /* downward search loop */ | |
| 4859 for (;;) | |
| 4860 { | |
| 4861 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
| 4862 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4863 if (got_int) | |
| 4864 break; | |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
| 1541 | 4867 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
| 4868 if (stackp == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4869 break; |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 /* | |
| 4872 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
| 4873 * | |
| 4874 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
| 4875 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
| 4876 * - check for double files also done below | |
| 4877 * | |
| 4878 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
| 4879 * We already searched a directory if: | |
| 4880 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
| 4881 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
| 4882 * | |
| 4883 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
| 4884 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
| 4885 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
| 4886 * | |
| 4887 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
| 1541 | 4888 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4889 */ |
| 1541 | 4890 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
| 4891 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
| 7 | 4892 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 1541 | 4893 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
| 7 | 4894 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 4895 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
| 7 | 4896 #endif |
| 4897 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4898 { | |
| 4899 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4900 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4901 { | |
| 293 | 4902 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4903 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4904 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4905 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4906 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4907 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4908 } |
| 4909 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4910 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4911 continue; |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4914 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4915 { | |
| 293 | 4916 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4917 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4918 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4919 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4920 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4921 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4922 } |
| 4923 #endif | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 /* check depth */ | |
| 1541 | 4926 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
| 7 | 4927 { |
| 1541 | 4928 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4929 continue; |
| 4930 } | |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 /* | |
| 4935 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
| 4936 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
| 4937 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
| 4938 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
| 4939 */ | |
| 1541 | 4940 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4941 { |
| 4942 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
| 4945 * expand. | |
| 4946 */ | |
| 4947 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
| 4948 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
| 1541 | 4951 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
| 4952 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
| 7 | 4953 { |
| 1541 | 4954 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4955 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4956 } | |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
| 1541 | 4959 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4960 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4963 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
| 7 | 4964 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
| 4965 { | |
| 4966 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
| 4967 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4968 { | |
| 4969 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
| 4970 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
| 4971 */ | |
| 4972 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 if (*p > 0) | |
| 4975 { | |
| 4976 (*p)--; | |
| 4977 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 if (*p == 0) | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
| 1621 | 4983 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
| 7 | 4984 } |
| 4985 else | |
| 4986 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
| 4987 | |
| 1541 | 4988 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
| 7 | 4989 { |
| 4990 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
| 1541 | 4991 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
| 4992 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
| 7 | 4993 } |
| 4994 } | |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 /* | |
| 4997 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
| 4998 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
| 1209 | 4999 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
| 7 | 5000 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
| 5001 * on the stack again for further search. | |
| 5002 */ | |
| 5003 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
| 5004 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 5005 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
| 5008 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 5009 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 5010 } | |
| 5011 #endif | |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 /* | |
| 5014 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
| 5015 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
| 5016 */ | |
| 5017 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
| 5018 { | |
| 1541 | 5019 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
| 7 | 5020 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
| 1541 | 5021 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
| 5022 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
| 7 | 5023 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
| 1541 | 5024 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
| 7 | 5025 else |
| 1541 | 5026 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
| 7 | 5027 } |
| 5028 else | |
| 2984 | 5029 /* Add EW_NOTWILD because the expanded path may contain |
| 5030 * wildcard characters that are to be taken literally. | |
| 5031 * This is a bit of a hack. */ | |
| 7 | 5032 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, |
| 1541 | 5033 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
| 5034 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
| 2984 | 5035 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT|EW_NOTWILD); |
| 7 | 5036 |
| 1541 | 5037 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 5038 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 7 | 5039 } |
| 5040 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5041 else | |
| 1541 | 5042 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
| 5043 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
| 5044 #endif | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
| 7 | 5047 { |
| 5048 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
| 5049 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5050 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
| 5051 #endif | |
| 5052 { | |
| 5053 /* | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
5054 * We don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
5055 * check for the final file now. |
| 7 | 5056 */ |
| 1541 | 5057 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5058 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5059 { |
| 1541 | 5060 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
| 5061 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
| 7 | 5062 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 5063 | |
| 1993 | 5064 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
| 7 | 5065 * below */ |
| 1541 | 5066 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
| 7 | 5067 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 5068 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 7 | 5069 |
| 5070 /* | |
| 5071 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
| 5072 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
| 5073 */ | |
| 5074 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5075 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5076 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5077 suf = (char_u *)""; |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5078 else |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5079 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
| 7 | 5080 for (;;) |
| 5081 #endif | |
| 5082 { | |
| 5083 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
| 5084 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
| 1541 | 5085 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
| 5086 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 5087 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
| 5088 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 5089 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5090 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
| 7 | 5091 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
| 5092 && (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 5093 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 5094 file_path |
| 5095 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5096 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 5097 #endif | |
| 5098 ) == OK) | |
| 5099 #endif | |
| 5100 ) | |
| 5101 { | |
| 5102 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5103 if (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 5104 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 5105 file_path |
| 5106 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5107 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 5108 #endif | |
| 5109 ) == FAIL) | |
| 5110 { | |
| 5111 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5112 { | |
| 293 | 5113 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5114 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
| 7 | 5115 file_path); |
| 5116 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5117 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5118 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5119 } |
| 5120 continue; | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 #endif | |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
| 1541 | 5125 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
| 5126 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
| 7 | 5127 |
| 1789 | 5128 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
| 5129 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
| 7 | 5130 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
| 5131 == OK) | |
| 5132 { | |
| 5133 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
| 5134 ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5135 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1621 | 5136 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
| 7 | 5137 } |
| 5138 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5139 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5140 { | |
| 293 | 5141 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5142 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
| 7 | 5143 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5144 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5145 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5146 } |
| 5147 #endif | |
| 5148 return file_path; | |
| 5149 } | |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5152 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
| 5153 if (*suf == NUL) | |
| 5154 break; | |
| 5155 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
| 5156 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
| 5157 #endif | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 } | |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5162 else | |
| 5163 { | |
| 5164 /* | |
| 5165 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
| 5166 * search | |
| 5167 */ | |
| 1541 | 5168 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5169 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5170 { |
| 1541 | 5171 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5172 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 5173 | |
| 1541 | 5174 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5175 ff_create_stack_element( | |
| 5176 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5177 rest_of_wildcards, | |
| 5178 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
| 7 | 5179 } |
| 5180 } | |
| 5181 #endif | |
| 1541 | 5182 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 5183 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
| 7 | 5184 } |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5187 /* | |
| 5188 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
| 5189 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
| 5190 */ | |
| 1541 | 5191 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 7 | 5192 { |
| 1541 | 5193 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5194 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5195 { |
| 1541 | 5196 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
| 5197 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
| 7 | 5198 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
| 1541 | 5199 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5200 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 1541 | 5201 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5202 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5203 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
| 7 | 5204 } |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 #endif | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
| 1541 | 5209 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 5210 |
| 5211 } | |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5214 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
| 5215 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
| 5216 */ | |
| 1541 | 5217 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5218 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
| 7 | 5219 { |
| 5220 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
| 1541 | 5223 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
| 5224 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
| 5225 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
| 7 | 5226 break; |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 /* cut of last dir */ | |
| 1541 | 5229 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5230 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
| 7 | 5231 path_end--; |
| 1541 | 5232 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5233 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
| 7 | 5234 path_end--; |
| 5235 *path_end = 0; | |
| 5236 path_end--; | |
| 5237 | |
| 1541 | 5238 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
| 7 | 5239 break; |
| 5240 | |
| 1541 | 5241 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 5242 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 5243 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5244 |
| 5245 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
| 5246 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
| 1541 | 5247 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
| 7 | 5248 if (sptr == NULL) |
| 5249 break; | |
| 1541 | 5250 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 7 | 5251 } |
| 5252 else | |
| 5253 break; | |
| 5254 } | |
| 5255 #endif | |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 vim_free(file_path); | |
| 5258 return NULL; | |
| 5259 } | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 /* | |
| 5262 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
| 5263 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
| 5264 */ | |
| 5265 void | |
| 1541 | 5266 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
| 5267 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 5268 { |
| 1541 | 5269 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5272 return; |
| 5273 | |
| 1541 | 5274 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 5275 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 5276 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 7 | 5277 } |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 static void | |
| 5280 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
| 5281 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5286 { | |
| 5287 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
| 5288 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
| 5291 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
| 5292 *list_headp = vp; | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 *list_headp = NULL; | |
| 5295 } | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 static void | |
| 5298 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
| 5299 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
| 5300 { | |
| 5301 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 while (vl != NULL) | |
| 5304 { | |
| 5305 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
| 5306 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5307 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
| 5308 #endif | |
| 5309 vim_free(vl); | |
| 5310 vl = vp; | |
| 5311 } | |
| 5312 vl = NULL; | |
| 5313 } | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 /* | |
| 5316 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
| 5317 * allocates a new one. | |
| 5318 */ | |
| 5319 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
| 5320 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
| 5321 char_u *filename; | |
| 5322 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5323 { | |
| 5324 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
| 5327 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 retptr = *list_headp; | |
| 5330 while (retptr != NULL) | |
| 5331 { | |
| 5332 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5335 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5336 { | |
| 293 | 5337 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5338 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
| 7 | 5339 filename); |
| 5340 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5341 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5342 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5343 } |
| 5344 #endif | |
| 5345 return retptr; | |
| 5346 } | |
| 5347 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 } | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5352 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5353 { | |
| 293 | 5354 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5355 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
| 7 | 5356 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5357 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5358 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5359 } |
| 5360 #endif | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 /* | |
| 5363 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
| 5364 */ | |
| 5365 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
| 5366 if (retptr == NULL) | |
| 5367 return NULL; | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
| 5370 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 5371 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
| 5372 { | |
| 5373 vim_free(retptr); | |
| 5374 return NULL; | |
| 5375 } | |
| 5376 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
| 5377 *list_headp = retptr; | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 return retptr; | |
| 5380 } | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5383 /* | |
| 5384 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
| 5385 * They are equal if: | |
| 5386 * - both paths are NULL | |
| 5387 * - they have the same length | |
| 5388 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
| 5389 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
| 5390 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
| 5391 */ | |
| 5392 static int | |
| 5393 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
| 5394 char_u *s1; | |
| 5395 char_u *s2; | |
| 5396 { | |
| 5397 int i; | |
| 4246 | 5398 int prev1 = NUL; |
| 5399 int prev2 = NUL; | |
| 7 | 5400 |
| 5401 if (s1 == s2) | |
| 5402 return TRUE; | |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
| 5405 return FALSE; | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2)) | |
| 5408 return FAIL; | |
| 5409 | |
| 4246 | 5410 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i += MB_PTR2LEN(s1 + i)) |
| 7 | 5411 { |
| 4246 | 5412 int c1 = PTR2CHAR(s1 + i); |
| 5413 int c2 = PTR2CHAR(s2 + i); | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2) : c1 != c2) | |
| 5416 && (prev1 != '*' || prev2 != '*')) | |
| 5417 return FAIL; | |
| 5418 prev2 = prev1; | |
| 5419 prev1 = c1; | |
| 7 | 5420 } |
| 5421 return TRUE; | |
| 5422 } | |
| 5423 #endif | |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 /* | |
| 5426 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
| 5427 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
| 5428 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
| 5429 * | |
| 5430 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
| 5431 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
| 5432 * never. | |
| 5433 */ | |
| 5434 static int | |
| 5435 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
| 5436 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5437 , wc_path | |
| 5438 #endif | |
| 5439 ) | |
| 5440 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
| 5441 char_u *fname; | |
| 5442 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5443 char_u *wc_path; | |
| 5444 #endif | |
| 5445 { | |
| 5446 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5447 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5448 struct stat st; | |
| 5449 int url = FALSE; | |
| 5450 #endif | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
| 5453 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
| 5454 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
| 5455 { | |
| 418 | 5456 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 7 | 5457 #ifdef UNIX |
| 5458 url = TRUE; | |
| 5459 #endif | |
| 5460 } | |
| 5461 else | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
| 5464 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5465 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
| 5466 #else | |
| 5467 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 5468 #endif | |
| 5469 return FAIL; | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
| 5473 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 if ( | |
| 5476 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 5477 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
| 5478 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
| 5479 : | |
| 7 | 5480 #endif |
| 5481 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
| 5482 ) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5485 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
| 5486 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
| 5487 #endif | |
| 5488 /* already visited */ | |
| 5489 return FAIL; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 /* | |
| 5494 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
| 5495 */ | |
| 5496 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
| 5497 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 if (vp != NULL) | |
| 5500 { | |
| 5501 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5502 if (!url) | |
| 5503 { | |
| 1881 | 5504 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
| 7 | 5505 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
| 5506 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
| 5507 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 else | |
| 5510 { | |
| 1881 | 5511 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5512 #endif |
| 5513 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5514 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 #endif | |
| 5517 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5518 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
| 5519 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
| 5520 else | |
| 5521 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
| 5522 #endif | |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
| 5525 *visited_list = vp; | |
| 5526 } | |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 return OK; | |
| 5529 } | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 /* | |
| 5532 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
| 5533 */ | |
| 5534 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 5535 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
| 5536 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5537 wc_part, | |
| 5538 #endif | |
| 5539 level, star_star_empty) | |
| 5540 char_u *fix_part; | |
| 5541 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5542 char_u *wc_part; | |
| 5543 #endif | |
| 5544 int level; | |
| 5545 int star_star_empty; | |
| 5546 { | |
| 5547 ff_stack_T *new; | |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
| 5550 if (new == NULL) | |
| 5551 return NULL; | |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
| 5554 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
| 5555 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
| 5556 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
| 5557 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 5558 new->ffs_level = level; | |
| 5559 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
| 5562 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
| 5563 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5564 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5567 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
| 5568 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5569 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
| 5570 #endif | |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
| 5573 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5574 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
| 5575 #endif | |
| 5576 ) | |
| 5577 { | |
| 5578 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
| 5579 new = NULL; | |
| 5580 } | |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 return new; | |
| 5583 } | |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 /* | |
| 1541 | 5586 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
| 7 | 5587 */ |
| 5588 static void | |
| 1541 | 5589 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
| 5590 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 5591 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5592 { |
| 5593 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
| 359 | 5594 * to prevent a crash */ |
| 1541 | 5595 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
| 7 | 5596 { |
| 1541 | 5597 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5598 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5599 } |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 /* | |
| 1541 | 5603 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
| 5604 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
| 7 | 5605 */ |
| 5606 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 1541 | 5607 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
| 5608 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5609 { |
| 5610 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5611 | |
| 1541 | 5612 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5613 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
| 5614 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
| 7 | 5615 |
| 5616 return sptr; | |
| 5617 } | |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 /* | |
| 5620 * free the given stack element | |
| 5621 */ | |
| 5622 static void | |
| 1541 | 5623 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
| 5624 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5625 { |
| 5626 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
| 1541 | 5627 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5628 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5629 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
| 5630 #endif | |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
| 5633 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
| 7 | 5636 } |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 /* | |
| 1541 | 5639 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
| 7 | 5640 */ |
| 5641 static void | |
| 1541 | 5642 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
| 5643 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5644 { |
| 5645 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 /* clear up stack */ | |
| 1541 | 5648 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 5649 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
| 5650 | |
| 1541 | 5651 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 5652 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
| 5653 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
| 7 | 5654 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5655 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
| 7 | 5656 #endif |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 5659 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
| 7 | 5660 { |
| 5661 int i = 0; | |
| 5662 | |
| 1541 | 5663 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
| 7 | 5664 { |
| 1541 | 5665 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
| 7 | 5666 i++; |
| 5667 } | |
| 1541 | 5668 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
| 7 | 5669 } |
| 1541 | 5670 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
| 7 | 5671 #endif |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 /* reset everything */ | |
| 1541 | 5674 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
| 5675 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
| 5676 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5677 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5678 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
| 5679 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
| 7 | 5680 #endif |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5684 /* | |
| 5685 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
| 5686 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
| 5687 */ | |
| 5688 static int | |
| 5689 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
| 5690 char_u *path; | |
| 5691 int path_len; | |
| 5692 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
| 5693 { | |
| 5694 int i = 0; | |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
| 461 | 5697 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
| 7 | 5698 path_len--; |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
| 5701 if (path_len == 0) | |
| 5702 return TRUE; | |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
| 5705 { | |
| 5706 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
| 5707 { | |
| 5708 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
| 5709 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
| 5710 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
| 5711 */ | |
| 5712 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
| 461 | 5713 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
| 7 | 5714 return TRUE; |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 else | |
| 5717 { | |
| 5718 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
| 5719 return TRUE; | |
| 5720 } | |
| 5721 } | |
| 5722 return FALSE; | |
| 5723 } | |
| 5724 #endif | |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5727 /* | |
| 1541 | 5728 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
| 7 | 5729 * |
| 5730 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
| 5731 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
| 5732 * | |
| 5733 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
| 5734 * | |
| 5735 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
| 5736 * don't need valid values. | |
| 5737 * | |
| 5738 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
| 5739 * message: | |
| 5740 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
| 5741 * On repeating calls: | |
| 5742 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
| 5743 * | |
| 5744 * options: | |
| 5745 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5746 * | |
| 5747 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5748 * | |
| 5749 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5750 * | |
| 5751 */ | |
| 5752 char_u * | |
| 5753 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
| 5754 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5755 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5756 int options; | |
| 5757 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5758 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5759 { | |
| 5760 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
| 5761 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
| 1541 | 5762 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
| 7 | 5763 } |
| 5764 | |
| 359 | 5765 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
| 5766 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
| 5769 static void | |
| 5770 free_findfile() | |
| 5771 { | |
| 5772 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
| 5773 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
| 5774 } | |
| 5775 #endif | |
| 5776 | |
| 7 | 5777 /* |
| 5778 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
| 5779 * | |
| 5780 * options: | |
| 5781 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5782 * | |
| 5783 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5784 * | |
| 5785 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5786 */ | |
| 5787 char_u * | |
| 5788 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
| 5789 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5790 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5791 int options; | |
| 5792 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5793 { | |
| 5794 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
| 1541 | 5795 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
| 7 | 5796 } |
| 5797 | |
| 19 | 5798 char_u * |
| 1541 | 5799 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) |
| 7 | 5800 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
| 5801 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5802 int options; | |
| 5803 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5804 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
| 1541 | 5805 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
| 7 | 5806 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
| 794 | 5807 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
| 7 | 5808 { |
| 5809 static char_u *dir; | |
| 5810 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5811 char_u save_char; | |
| 5812 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
| 5813 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
| 5814 int rel_to_curdir; | |
| 5815 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5816 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
| 5817 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
| 5820 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
| 5821 #endif | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5824 { | |
| 5825 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
| 5826 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
| 5827 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
| 5828 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5829 ptr[len] = save_char; | |
| 5830 | |
| 359 | 5831 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
| 5832 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5833 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7 | 5834 { |
| 5835 file_name = NULL; | |
| 5836 goto theend; | |
| 5837 } | |
| 5838 } | |
| 5839 | |
| 359 | 5840 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
| 5841 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
| 5842 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
| 5843 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
| 5844 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
| 5845 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
| 5846 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
| 7 | 5847 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
| 5848 || rel_to_curdir | |
| 5849 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) | |
| 5850 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5851 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
| 1993 | 5852 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5853 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
| 7 | 5854 #endif |
| 5855 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5856 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5857 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
| 7 | 5858 #endif |
| 5859 ) | |
| 5860 { | |
| 5861 /* | |
| 5862 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
| 5863 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
| 5864 * filename on the first call. | |
| 5865 */ | |
| 5866 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5867 { | |
| 5868 int l; | |
| 5869 int run; | |
| 5870 | |
| 359 | 5871 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
| 7 | 5872 { |
| 359 | 5873 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5874 goto theend; |
| 5875 } | |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
| 5878 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
| 5879 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
| 5880 { | |
| 359 | 5881 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5882 if (run == 1 |
| 5883 && rel_to_curdir | |
| 5884 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
| 5885 && rel_fname != NULL | |
| 5886 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
| 5887 { | |
| 5888 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
| 359 | 5889 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5890 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 5891 } | |
| 5892 else | |
| 5893 { | |
| 359 | 5894 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5895 run = 2; |
| 5896 } | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
| 5899 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
| 794 | 5900 buf = suffixes; |
| 7 | 5901 for (;;) |
| 5902 { | |
| 5903 if ( | |
| 5904 #ifdef DJGPP | |
| 5905 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
| 5906 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
| 1541 | 5907 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
| 7 | 5908 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
| 5909 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
| 5910 #endif | |
| 5911 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
| 1541 | 5912 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
| 5913 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5914 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
| 7 | 5915 { |
| 5916 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5917 goto theend; | |
| 5918 } | |
| 5919 if (*buf == NUL) | |
| 5920 break; | |
| 5921 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
| 5922 } | |
| 5923 } | |
| 5924 } | |
| 5925 } | |
| 5926 else | |
| 5927 { | |
| 5928 /* | |
| 5929 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
| 5930 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
| 5931 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
| 5932 */ | |
| 5933 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5934 { | |
| 5935 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
| 359 | 5936 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5937 dir = path_option; |
| 5938 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5939 } | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 for (;;) | |
| 5942 { | |
| 5943 if (did_findfile_init) | |
| 5944 { | |
| 359 | 5945 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5946 if (file_name != NULL) |
| 5947 break; | |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5950 } | |
| 5951 else | |
| 5952 { | |
| 5953 char_u *r_ptr; | |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
| 5958 * free the search context. */ | |
| 359 | 5959 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 5960 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5961 break; |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
| 5965 break; | |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 /* copy next path */ | |
| 5968 buf[0] = 0; | |
| 5969 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5972 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
| 5973 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
| 5974 #else | |
| 5975 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 5976 #endif | |
| 359 | 5977 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
| 1541 | 5978 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
| 359 | 5979 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
| 5980 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
| 7 | 5981 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
| 5982 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5983 } | |
| 5984 } | |
| 5985 } | |
| 5986 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
| 5987 { | |
| 5988 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5989 { | |
| 1541 | 5990 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5991 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5992 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5993 else |
| 5994 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
| 359 | 5995 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5996 } |
| 5997 else | |
| 5998 { | |
| 1541 | 5999 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 6000 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 6001 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 6002 else |
| 6003 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
| 359 | 6004 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 6005 } |
| 6006 } | |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 theend: | |
| 6009 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 6010 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
| 6011 #endif | |
| 6012 return file_name; | |
| 6013 } | |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 /* | |
| 6018 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
| 6019 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
| 6020 */ | |
| 6021 int | |
| 6022 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
| 6023 char_u *new_dir; | |
| 6024 { | |
| 6025 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 6026 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
| 6027 #else | |
| 6028 char_u *dir_name; | |
| 6029 int r; | |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
| 6032 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
| 6033 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
| 6034 return -1; | |
| 6035 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
| 6036 vim_free(dir_name); | |
| 6037 return r; | |
| 6038 #endif | |
| 6039 } | |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 /* | |
| 418 | 6042 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
| 7 | 6043 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
| 418 | 6044 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
| 6045 * cache the result. | |
| 7 | 6046 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
| 6047 */ | |
| 6048 int | |
| 6049 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
| 6050 char_u *buf; | |
| 6051 int len; | |
| 6052 { | |
| 359 | 6053 if (username == NULL) |
| 7 | 6054 { |
| 6055 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
| 6056 return FAIL; | |
| 359 | 6057 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
| 7 | 6058 } |
| 6059 else | |
| 418 | 6060 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
| 7 | 6061 return OK; |
| 6062 } | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
| 6065 /* | |
| 6066 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
| 6067 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
| 6068 */ | |
| 6069 void | |
| 6070 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
| 6071 void *base; | |
| 6072 size_t elm_count; | |
| 6073 size_t elm_size; | |
| 6074 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 6075 { | |
| 6076 char_u *buf; | |
| 6077 char_u *p1; | |
| 6078 char_u *p2; | |
| 6079 int i, j; | |
| 6080 int gap; | |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
| 6083 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 6084 return; | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
| 6087 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
| 6088 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
| 6089 { | |
| 6090 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
| 6091 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
| 6092 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
| 6093 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
| 6094 break; | |
| 1993 | 6095 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
| 7 | 6096 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
| 6097 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
| 6098 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6102 } | |
| 6103 #endif | |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 /* | |
| 6106 * Sort an array of strings. | |
| 6107 */ | |
| 6108 static int | |
| 6109 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 6110 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 6111 #endif | |
| 6112 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 static int | |
| 6115 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 6116 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 6117 #endif | |
| 6118 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
| 6119 const void *s1; | |
| 6120 const void *s2; | |
| 6121 { | |
| 6122 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
| 6123 } | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 void | |
| 6126 sort_strings(files, count) | |
| 6127 char_u **files; | |
| 6128 int count; | |
| 6129 { | |
| 6130 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6134 /* | |
| 6135 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
| 39 | 6136 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
| 7 | 6137 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
| 6138 */ | |
| 6139 int | |
| 39 | 6140 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
| 7 | 6141 const char *p, *q; |
| 39 | 6142 int maxlen; |
| 7 | 6143 { |
| 6144 int i; | |
| 4276 | 6145 int c1, c2; |
| 41 | 6146 const char *s = NULL; |
| 7 | 6147 |
| 4276 | 6148 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; i += MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)p + i)) |
| 7 | 6149 { |
| 4276 | 6150 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)p + i); |
| 6151 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)q + i); | |
| 6152 | |
| 7 | 6153 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ |
| 4276 | 6154 if (c1 == NUL) |
| 7 | 6155 { |
| 4276 | 6156 if (c2 == NUL) /* full match */ |
| 7 | 6157 return 0; |
| 6158 s = q; | |
| 6159 break; | |
| 6160 } | |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
| 4276 | 6163 if (c2 == NUL) |
| 7 | 6164 { |
| 6165 s = p; | |
| 6166 break; | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 | |
| 4276 | 6169 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) != MB_TOUPPER(c2) : c1 != c2) |
| 7 | 6170 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 6171 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
| 4276 | 6172 && !((c1 == '/' && c2 == '\\') |
| 6173 || (c1 == '\\' && c2 == '/')) | |
| 7 | 6174 #endif |
| 6175 ) | |
| 6176 { | |
| 4276 | 6177 if (vim_ispathsep(c1)) |
| 7 | 6178 return -1; |
| 4276 | 6179 if (vim_ispathsep(c2)) |
| 7 | 6180 return 1; |
| 4276 | 6181 return p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) - MB_TOUPPER(c2) |
| 6182 : c1 - c2; /* no match */ | |
| 7 | 6183 } |
| 6184 } | |
| 41 | 6185 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */ |
| 6186 return 0; | |
| 7 | 6187 |
| 4276 | 6188 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i); |
| 6189 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i + MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)s + i)); | |
| 7 | 6190 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ |
| 4276 | 6191 if (c2 == NUL |
| 41 | 6192 && i > 0 |
| 6193 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
| 7 | 6194 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4276 | 6195 && (c1 == '/' || c1 == '\\') |
| 7 | 6196 #else |
| 4276 | 6197 && c1 == '/' |
| 7 | 6198 #endif |
| 41 | 6199 ) |
| 7 | 6200 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
| 6201 if (s == q) | |
| 6202 return -1; /* no match */ | |
| 6203 return 1; | |
| 6204 } | |
| 6205 #endif | |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 /* | |
| 6208 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
| 6209 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
| 6210 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
| 6211 */ | |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 /* | |
| 6214 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
| 6215 * | |
| 6216 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
| 6217 * int i; | |
| 6218 * char *string; | |
| 6219 * | |
| 6220 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
| 6221 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
| 6222 * | |
| 6223 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
| 6224 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
| 6225 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
| 6226 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
| 6227 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
| 6228 * time you call it. | |
| 6229 * | |
| 6230 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
| 6231 */ | |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
| 6238 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 6239 extern | |
| 6240 #endif | |
| 6241 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
| 6244 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
| 6245 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 int | |
| 6248 putenv(string) | |
| 6249 const char *string; | |
| 6250 { | |
| 6251 int i; | |
| 6252 char *p; | |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6255 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
| 6256 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
| 6257 return -1; | |
| 6258 } | |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 if (i < 0) | |
| 6263 { /* name must be added */ | |
| 6264 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
| 6265 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
| 6266 { /* need new slot */ | |
| 6267 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
| 6268 return -1; | |
| 6269 } | |
| 6270 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
| 6271 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
| 6272 return -1; | |
| 6273 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
| 6274 } | |
| 6275 else | |
| 6276 { /* name already in env. */ | |
| 6277 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
| 6278 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6279 return -1; | |
| 6280 } | |
| 6281 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
| 6282 environ[i] = p; | |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 return 0; | |
| 6285 } | |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 static int | |
| 6288 findenv(name) | |
| 6289 char *name; | |
| 6290 { | |
| 6291 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
| 6292 int i, found; | |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 found = 0; | |
| 6295 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
| 6296 { | |
| 6297 envchar = environ[i]; | |
| 6298 namechar = name; | |
| 6299 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
| 6300 { | |
| 6301 namechar++; | |
| 6302 envchar++; | |
| 6303 } | |
| 6304 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
| 6305 } | |
| 6306 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
| 6307 } | |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 static int | |
| 6310 newenv() | |
| 6311 { | |
| 6312 char **env, *elem; | |
| 6313 int i, esize; | |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 6316 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
| 6317 i = 0; | |
| 6318 #else | |
| 6319 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6320 ; | |
| 6321 #endif | |
| 6322 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
| 6323 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
| 6324 if (env == NULL) | |
| 6325 return -1; | |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 #ifndef MACOS | |
| 6328 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6329 { | |
| 6330 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
| 6331 if (elem == NULL) | |
| 6332 return -1; | |
| 6333 env[i] = elem; | |
| 6334 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
| 6335 } | |
| 6336 #endif | |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 env[i] = 0; | |
| 6339 environ = env; | |
| 6340 envsize = esize; | |
| 6341 return 0; | |
| 6342 } | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 static int | |
| 6345 moreenv() | |
| 6346 { | |
| 6347 int esize; | |
| 6348 char **env; | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
| 6351 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
| 6352 if (env == 0) | |
| 6353 return -1; | |
| 6354 environ = env; | |
| 6355 envsize = esize; | |
| 6356 return 0; | |
| 6357 } | |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
| 6360 char_u * | |
| 6361 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
| 6362 const char_u *string; | |
| 6363 { | |
| 6364 int i; | |
| 6365 char_u *p; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6368 return NULL; | |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 if (i < 0) | |
| 6373 return NULL; | |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
| 6376 return (p + 1); | |
| 6377 } | |
| 6378 # endif | |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
| 313 | 6381 |
| 741 | 6382 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 313 | 6383 /* |
| 6384 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
| 6385 * rights to write into. | |
| 6386 */ | |
| 6387 int | |
| 6388 filewritable(fname) | |
| 6389 char_u *fname; | |
| 6390 { | |
| 6391 int retval = 0; | |
| 6392 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6393 int perm = 0; | |
| 6394 #endif | |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6397 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
| 6398 #endif | |
| 6399 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
| 6400 if ( | |
| 6401 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 6402 mch_writable(fname) && | |
| 6403 # else | |
| 6404 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6405 (perm & 0222) && | |
| 6406 # endif | |
| 6407 # endif | |
| 6408 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
| 6409 ) | |
| 6410 #endif | |
| 6411 { | |
| 6412 ++retval; | |
| 6413 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
| 6414 ++retval; | |
| 6415 } | |
| 6416 return retval; | |
| 6417 } | |
| 6418 #endif | |
| 332 | 6419 |
| 6420 /* | |
| 6421 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
| 6422 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6423 */ | |
| 6424 int | |
| 6425 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
| 6426 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
| 6427 { | |
| 840 | 6428 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6429 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 1438 | 6430 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
| 6431 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
| 6432 #else | |
| 840 | 6433 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
| 1438 | 6434 #endif |
| 332 | 6435 return emsg(IObuff); |
| 6436 } | |
| 6437 | |
| 6438 /* | |
| 6439 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
| 6440 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6441 */ | |
| 6442 int | |
| 6443 emsgn(s, n) | |
| 6444 char_u *s; | |
| 6445 long n; | |
| 6446 { | |
| 840 | 6447 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6448 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 6449 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
| 6450 return emsg(IObuff); | |
| 6451 } | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6452 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6453 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6454 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6455 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6456 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6457 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6458 get2c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6459 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6460 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6461 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6462 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6463 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6464 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6465 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6466 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6467 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6468 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6469 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6470 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6471 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6472 get3c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6473 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6474 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6475 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6476 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6477 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6478 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6479 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6480 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6481 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6482 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6483 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6484 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6485 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6486 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6487 get4c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6488 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6489 { |
| 5347 | 6490 /* Use unsigned rather than int otherwise result is undefined |
| 6491 * when left-shift sets the MSB. */ | |
| 6492 unsigned n; | |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 n = (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6495 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6496 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6497 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6498 return (int)n; | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6499 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6500 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6501 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6502 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6503 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6504 time_t |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6505 get8ctime(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6506 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6507 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6508 time_t n = 0; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6509 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6510 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6511 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6512 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6513 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6514 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6515 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6516 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6517 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6518 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6519 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6520 char_u * |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6521 read_string(fd, cnt) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6522 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6523 int cnt; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6524 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6525 char_u *str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6526 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6527 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6529 /* allocate memory */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6530 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6531 if (str != NULL) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6532 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6533 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6534 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6535 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6536 c = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6537 if (c == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6538 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6539 vim_free(str); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6540 return NULL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6541 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6542 str[i] = c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6543 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6544 str[i] = NUL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6545 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6546 return str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6547 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6548 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6549 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6550 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6551 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6552 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6553 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6554 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6555 long_u nr; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6556 int len; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6557 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6558 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6559 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6560 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6561 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6562 return FAIL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6563 return OK; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6564 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6565 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6566 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6567 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6568 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6569 * matching #pragma below. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6570 # pragma optimize("", off) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6571 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6572 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6573 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6574 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6575 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6576 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6577 void |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6578 put_time(fd, the_time) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6579 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6580 time_t the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6581 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6582 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6583 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6584 time_t wtime = the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6585 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6586 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6587 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6588 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6589 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6590 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6591 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6592 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6593 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6594 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6595 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6596 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6597 putc(0, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6598 else |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6599 { |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6600 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6601 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6602 #else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6603 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6604 #endif |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6605 putc(c, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6606 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6607 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6608 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6609 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6610 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6611 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6612 # pragma optimize("", on) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6613 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6614 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6615 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6616 #endif |
| 3257 | 6617 |
| 6618 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) \ | |
| 6619 || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6620 /* | |
| 6621 * Return TRUE if string "s" contains a non-ASCII character (128 or higher). | |
| 6622 * When "s" is NULL FALSE is returned. | |
| 6623 */ | |
| 6624 int | |
| 6625 has_non_ascii(s) | |
| 6626 char_u *s; | |
| 6627 { | |
| 6628 char_u *p; | |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 if (s != NULL) | |
| 6631 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 6632 if (*p >= 128) | |
| 6633 return TRUE; | |
| 6634 return FALSE; | |
| 6635 } | |
| 6636 #endif |